THE 


p.    paligeit,  tfu?.  Doc. 

Dlrwtor  ol  thd  Clia  •  li  Choral  IDnlung  in  .\ew  fork  and  BrooUjm^ 


AUTHOR  OF 

'THE  SONG  QUEEN," 

"THE  80NQ  KING/* 

"THE  SOVE.^EIGN,' 

"PAUIER'S  THEORY  OF  MUSIC,'* 

"PALMER^  PIANO  PRIMER,"  FT*. 


PUBLISHED  BY  THE  BlfiLOW  &  MAIN  CO. 


76  K.  iSIlnthL  Street, 
NEW  YORK. 


CHiCAGO. 


PALMER'S  VOCAL  MODULATOR. 

EXPIiANATION". — The  broad  central  column  represents  the  key  of  C.  The  columns  at  its  right  indicate  those 
keys  which  require  sharps  for  their  signatures,  viz. :  G  key  (one  sharp) ;  D  key  (two  sharps) ;  A  key  (three  sharps) ;  E  key 
(four  sharps) ;  B  key  (five  sharps) ;  and  FJt  key  (six  sharps).  The  columns  at  the  left  of  the  central  (C)  column,  denote 
those  keys  which  require  flats  for  their  signatures,  viz. :  P  key  (one  flat) ;  Bb  key  (two  flats);  Eb  key  (three  flats) ;  Ab  key 
(four  flats) ;  Db  key  (five  flats) ;  and  Qb  key  (six  flats). 

All  black  syllables  and  figures  denote  Diatonic  Tones. 

All  colored  syllables,  figures,  and  characters  denote  Chromatic  Tones. 

All  tones,  the  tendency  from  which  is  upward,  are  called  sharp,  and  are  here  represented  by  red. 

All  tones,  the  tendency  from  which  is  downward,  are  called  flat,  and  are  here  indicated  by  ijfr^xfu. 

To  find  the  signature  of  a  given  key,  compare  its  "black"  tones  (Diatonic  Tones)  with  those  in  the  central  column 
(C  or  Modal  Key),  the  point  or  points  at  which  they  difier  being  noted  will  give  the  desired  signature:  e.g.,  to  ascertain 
the  signature  of  the  key  of  G,  compare  its  diatonic  tones  (black)  with  those  in  the  central  column,  when  it  will  be  found 
that  they  agree  (black  in  both)  at  all  points  except  7  (ti),  which,  in  the  central  column,  is  red.  By  glancing  across  to  the 
last  right-hand  column  it  wUl  be  seen  that  the  point  of  difierence  is  FJ,  which  is  the  signature  of  the  key  of  G. 


Gb 

Db 

Ab 

Eb 

Bb 

p 

c 

Ket. 

6 

ll 

A 

x: 

B 

Ft 

— a 

— 7— 

— 3— 

— 6- 

— 2— 

— 5 — 

— 8— 

— 4— 

bO-5''5 

b3-tfl 

— 8— 

— 4— 

b6-lP 

—7— 

3 

— 2— 

— 5— 

-Do- 

FS-Sb 

efi-F- 

— "7— 

-3- 

— 6— 

— 2— 

-5- 

-»o- 

— 4 — 

b2-ttl 

b5-S4 

— Ti— 

F-et 

b6-|5 

b-5-tt4 

— Ti— 

— 3 — 

-6- 

— 2— 

— 5— 

-Do- 

-4— 

te-li 

E-fb 

dfl-Eb 

-6- 

— 2— 

-5- 

-Do- 

-4- 

te-li 

b3  p 

b6-»5 

b2-rfi 

b5-1J4 

— Ti— 

— 3— 

-I.a- 

»tf-eb 



b3-tf4 

— Ti- 

3 

-L.a- 

— 2 — 

-5- 

-Do- 

_4_ 

t,p-li 

b3-tta 

»— 

— 5— 

-Do- 

— 4— 

le -li 

Je-si 

b2 — a^i 

-Ti— 

~3— 

-La- 

— 2— 

^el- 

c#- 

db 

to#-C 

--Ti— 

— 3— 

-L,a- 

— 2— 

-Sol- 

—Do— 

-4- 

te-li 

b3-P 

le-fid 

b2-P 

se-* 

C-b# 

cb-B 

-4- 

le-sj. 

b2-P 

se-fi 

— ^Ti — 

— 3— 

-La- 

— 2— 

-Sol- 

-Do- 

-Fa- 

B-cb 

aJt-Bb 

— 3— 

-L,a- 

— 2— 

-Sol- 

-»o- 

-Fa- 

-te  li- 

bs-P 

le-ai 

b2-Jti 

Si?-fi 

— Ti— 

-Mi- 

AS- 

fcb 



^s-p 

— 2— 

!e-^ 
-Sol- 

b2-P 

-Do- 

Be— fl 

— Ti- 
lt-li 

-Mi- 

Qie  -ri 

— La— 

_4e  si- 

—2^ 

-Sol- 

-Do- 
— Ti- 

-Fa- 

K-li 

me-ri 

A — 

s«-Ab 

-Fa- 

bs-fi 

ee-fi 

-m- 

-lia- 

-Re- 

G#-ab 

 Cr 

— Ti- 

-Itti- 

-L,a- 

-Re- 

— Soi — 

-Bo- 

-Fa- 

le -li 

ine  -ri 

ie-si 

nj-di 

f}f-«b 

-Do- 

-Fa- 

re— li 

me-ri 

le-8i 

ra-di 

se  

— Ti^ 

-Mi- 

-L,a- 

-Re- 

-Sol- 

-Do- 

Ffl- 

sb 

efi-F- 

— Ti— 

-Mi- 

-La- 

-Re- 

-Sol- 

-Do- 

— ±a — 

te-U 

me-ri 

!e-si 

nt -di 

— 7 — 

F  - 

fb-E- 

te-U 

me-rt 

le-si 

ra-di 

se— fl 

—7  — 

—Mi- 

-l.a- 

-Re- 

-Sol- 

-Do- 

-Fa- 

b7-Jt6 

E— fb 

d#-Eb 

-L.a- 

-Re- 

-Sol- 

-Do- 

-Fa- 

b7-Jf» 

me — ri 

le-ri 

ra-di 

ee  -fl 

—7— 

-Mi- 

— 6— 

 D 

h-^ 

se  -fl 

—7— 

-Mi- 

— 6— 

— Re— 

-Sol- 

-Do- 

-Fa- 

b7-«6 

me  -ri 

b6-«3 

cfl-Db 

-Sol- 

-Do- 

-Fa- 

rae  -ri 

b6-«5 

ra  di 

se-fl 

— 7— 

-Mi- 

-Re- 

— 5— 

cMb 

bJt-C- 

86  -fi 

— 7— 

-Mi- 

-Re- 

—5— 

—Do— 

-Fa- 

me-ri 

b6-tf5 

ra-di 

bS-S4 

C-bJ 

cb-B- 

-Fa- 

me  -ri 

b6-tt« 

ra  -di 

bs-1t* 

— 7 — 

-Mi- 

-Re- 

— 5— 

-Do- 

B— cb 

afl-Bb 

-Mi- 

-Ke- 

5 

-Do- 

i»7— #6 

me  -ri 

ra  -di 

—7— 

Afi-bb 

 A 

nie  -ri 
-Be- 

76-fl5 
— 5— 

ra  -di 
-»o- 

—7— 

— 3— 

— 6 — 

-Re- 

ra  -di 

— 5— 

-Do- 
—7— 

~4— 

b7-«6 

A — 

[^6  p 

— 3— 

— a— 

«#-ab 

ra  -di 

~7— 

— 6— 

— 2— 

— 5 — 

-Do- 

}7-P 

,3-«2 

!>6  -JfS 

Copyright,  1883,  by  H.  R.  Palmeb. 


N.  B.— This  MoDOTATOR  is  published  in  mammoth  size  (9>^  feet  high  by  7  feet  wide)  for  classes  ;  handsomely  printed  in  colors,  backed  with  musrin, 
nd  mounted  on  rollers,  or  made  to  fold,  so  that  it  can  be  carried  in  trunk  or  shawl-strap.  Price  in  either  shape,  $7.50.  less  ten  per  cent,  to  teachers, 
b^-al  a'-rangements  mav  >^  mad-      authors  and  compilers  who  would  like  to  insert  this  miniature  Modulator  in  their  'ki. 


I 

I 


T  H 


Choral  Union: 

AN  IMPROVED  TEXT  BOOK  IN  THE  FIRST  PRINCIPLES  OF  SINGING  BV 
NOTE,  CONSISTING  OF  COMPLETE  AND  CAREFULLY 
PREPARED  JUNIOR  AND  SENIOR  GRADES 
AS  THEY  ARE  TAUGHT  IN 

FHE  CHURCH  CHORAL  UNION  OF  NEW  YORK  CITY; 

TO  WHICH  IS  ADDED  A  MISCELLANEOUS  DEPARTMENT,  COMPRISING  A  VERY 
C^roiCE  COLLECTION  OF 

A.NTHEMS,  Sentences,  Hymn -Tunes,  Glees,  Part- Songs,  Sacred  and 
Secular  Choruses,  Etc.,  Etc. 

THE  WHOLE  COLLECTED  AND  PREPARED  ESPECIALLY  FOR 

^l}e  &)uvc\)  S^oral  ^111003 

How  in  F*rogress  in  Ne-w  Yoric,   Brooklyn,  "Washington,  D.  C,  Btaffalo,  and 
o'ther  Cities  and.  Towns  throughout  th©  United  States, 

AND  CONSEQl'ENTLY 

'PECULIARLY  ADAPTED  FOR  USE  IN  INSTITUTES,  CONVENTIONS, 
CLUBS,  SINGING  CLASSES  AND  THE  HOIvIE. 


By  H.  R.  PAIvNlKR.,  Nltis.  Doc. 

Director  of  the  Cliurcli  Choral  Unions  in  New  York  and  Brooklyn. 

AUTHOR  OF  -THE  SONG  QUEEN,"  "THE  SONG  KING,"  "THE  SOVEREIGN,"  "PALMER'S  THEORY  OP 
MUSIC-'  "PALMER'S  PIANO  PRIMER,"  ETC. 


Published  by  The  biqlow  &  main  Co. 

EAST  NINTH  STREET,  NEW  YORK.     216  WABASH  AVENUE  CHICAQO. 
Copyright,  1884,  by  H.  R.  Palmek. 


i 


PREFACE. 


Thb  object  In  preparing  the  present  volume  has 
been  to  place  before  the  Church  Choral  Unions,  as 
well  as  classes  generally  throughout  the  States,  a 
thoroughly  comprehensive  and  progressive  text- 
book. It  follows  the  Method  which  has  been 
adopted  with  surprising  results  by  the  Church  Cho- 
ral Unions  in  New  York,  Brooklyn,  Washington, 
D.C.,  Buffalo,  Norwalk,  Conn.,  Elizabeth,  N.  J„  Al- 
legheny City,  Pa.,  Quincy,  111.,  etc.,  etc.  No 
method  has  ever  had  a  better  chance,  and  none  has 
mora  perfectly  satisfied  all  demands.  Still  we  do 
not  claim  to  teach  anything  new.  It  is  simply  a 
new  way  of  teaching  the  old  things. 

Teachers  will  find  this  method  laid  down  in  great 
detail  in  a  small  volume  entitled  "  Palmer's  Rudi- 
mental  Class  Teaching,"*  a  book  which  can 
be  carried  in  one's  pocket,  and  which  will  sug- 
gest to  the  teacher  the  best  way  of  introducing  new 
points.  While  it  was  made  for  another  set  of  studies, 
it  can  be  readily  adapted  to  the  exercises  in  this 
■work. 

The  first  lesson  should  be  given  before  books  are 
distributed,  thus  enabling  the  teacher  to  keep  the 
eyes  of  the  pupils  centered  upon  him.  The  follow- 
ing, from  the  little  book  alluded  to  above,  will  give 
an  idea  of  the  opening  lessons  : — 

RUDIMENTAL  CLASS  TEACHING. f 
The  teacher  remarks  that  all  present  will  be  con- 
'  lidered  as  beginners,  and  will  be  expected  to  comply 
I  with  every  request  he  may  make,  and  although  some 
nay  hav«  studied  music  they  must  regard  themselves, 
for  the  time  being,  as  beginners,  and  by  answering 
questions  and  otherwise  complying  with  his  re- 
quests, encourage  the  younger  members.  He  also 
remarks  that  in  learning  to  sing,  as  in  learning  to 
talk,  we  depend  largely  upon  imitation.  The  child 
hears  its  parents  speak  the  little  words  it  is  trying 
to  learn  hundreds  of  times  before  it  can  place  its 
vocal  organs  in  proper  position  to  pronounce  them; 
so  in  learning  to  sing,  we  listen  to  tones  produced 
by  the  teacher,  and  try  to  imitate  them.  He  then 
says. — 

I.  "  Listen,  and  Imitate  the  tone  you  hear." 

a.  He  sings  the  tone  C,  second  space  of  bass 
staff,  J  to  the  syllable  la,  giving  a  the  sound  it  has  in 
the  word  father,  taking  care  that  the  tone  is  pure, 
neither  too  long  nor  so  short  as  to  be  abrupt — also 
being  careful  that  the  position  in  which  he  stands  is 
such  as  he  would  wish  to  have  imitated,  namely,  the 
body  erect,  the  shoulders  thrown  slightly  back.  He 
explains  th*  position  and  says, 

3.  "  All  try  to  sing  that  tone."  They  try,  and  are 
more  or  less  successful.  After  allowing  them  to  re- 
peat it  a  number  of  times,  he  asks  them  to  listen  and 
produces  the  tone  D,  to  the  syllable  la,  as  before,  and 
says, 

4.  "  Was  that  the  tone  which  yon  sung,  or  a  new 
one  T    "  A  new  tone." 

5.  "  Sing  the  new  tone." 

•Published  by  Me»sn.  Tohh  Crukh  ft  Co.,  Nn.  6  Uniaa 
Square,  New  York.    Price,  50  cents. 
♦  Copyright  1867,  bjr  L.  A.  Palmbk. 
.t  L.a<]y  teacben  wfll  give  middle  C  a*  tb«  «nn4i 


6.  After  they  have  practised  it  a  few  times  h« 

says, 

7.  "  Sing  the  tone  you  sung  first."    They  sing. 

8.  We  will  call  that  tone  one  and  the  new  one  tim. 
If  I  should  ask  you  to  sing  one,  what  tone  would  yoo 
sing  ?"    They  answer  by  singing  one, 

9.  "  If  I  should  ask  you  to  sing  two,  what  tone 
would  you  sing?"   They  answer  by  singing  two. 

10.  He  sings  E  and  asks,  "  Did  I  sing  one,  two 
Of  a  new  tone T    "A  new  tone." 

11.  "  All  sing  the  new  tone."    They  sing. 

12.  "How  many  tones  have  we  learned?" 
"  Three." 

13.  "What  is  the  name  of  the  first?"  "One." 
"  What  is  the  name  of  the  second  ?"  "  Two."  "  Ob- 
serving the  same  order,  what  shall  we  call  the  new 
tone?"  "Three." 

14.  The  teacher  should  allow  the  pupils  to  prac- 
tice these  three  tones  at  some  length,  after  which  he 
calls  upon  them  to  sing  One,  then  Two,  then  Three. 
He  then  requests  them  to  listen,  and  sings  F. 

15.  "  Was  the  tone  which  I  sung  one  of  the  three 
we  have  learned,  or  a  new  tone  T    "  A  new  tone." 

16.  "  All  try  to  sing  the  new  tone."    They  sing, 

17.  "What  would  be  a  good  name  for  this  new 
tone?"  "Four." 

18.  After  practicing  the  four  tones  upward  and 
downward  many  times,  the  teacher  says, 

19.  "Sing  One."  They  sing.  "Sing  Two." 
"Three."  "Four."  They  sing.  He  requests  them 
to  listen,  and  sings  G,  to  the  syllable  la  as  before. 

20.  "  Did  I  sing  one  of  the  four  or  a  new  tone?*' 
"A  new  tone." 

21.  "Sing  the  new  tone."  They  comply  and  he 
asks, 

22.  **  What  shall  we  call  this  new  tone  ?"  "  Five." 

23.  The  teacher  dwells  upon  these  five  tones, 
until  the  pupils  are  familiar  with  them,  then  intro- 
duces A,  B  and  C  in  the  same  manner  and  says, 

24.  "These  eight  tones  form  the  Diatonic  Scale, 
which  is  the  foundation  of  the  entire  musical  struct- 
ure. As  soon  as  you  have  learned  everything  con- 
cerning this  scale  and  its  surroundings,  3'ou  will 
have  learned  all  that  can  be  learned  about  music." 

25.  After  practicing  the  scale  carefully,  ascend- 
ing and  descending,  the  exercise  may  be  varied  by 
requesting  the  pupils  to  "  sing  One  twice;  Two  twice; 
Three  twice,  &c.,  up  and  down."  This  may  be  fol- 
lowed by  asking  them  to  "  sing  One  three  times } 
Two  three  times,  &c.,  pausing  to  take  a  deep  breath 
after  every  third  tone." 

26.  Great  care  should  be  taken  in  the  first  les- 
sons, regarding  the  correct  manner  of  using  the 
respiratory  organs,  as  well  as  the  vocal  organs; 
breath  should  be  taken  by  direct  action  of  the  chest 
and  abdominal  muscles,  thus  relieving  the  throat 
and  lungs  of  unnecessary  effort,  which  only  tends  to 
weary  and  weaken  them. 

27.  "We  commonly  follow  the  Italian  plan  of 
giving  each  tone  a  name.  One  is  called  Do  ;  two, 
Ri ;  three,  Mi,"  &C. 

28.  "What  is  the  new  name  of  One?"  "Do." 
"Of  Two?"    "Re."   "Of  Three?"    "  Mi,"  &c. 

29.  The  teacher  should  be  careful  to  have  the 
pupils  pronounce  these  syllables  correctly,  one  of 


PREFACl 


the  objects  in  applying  different  names  to  the  tones 
is  that  we  may  practice  tlie  several  vowel  sounds, 
giving  the  long  sound  of  o  to  Do,  the  long  sound  of 
<j  to  Re,  tke  long  sound  of  e  to  Mi,  &c. 

30.  After  practicing  the  scale  many  times  by 
syllables,  the  Skip  of  a  Third  is  introduced  as 
follows: — 

31.  "  Sing  One  by  its  syllable  name."  They  sing. 
"Sing  Two."  "Sing  Three."  "  Again  sing  Three, 
ftnd  remember  the  tone  and  its  position  in  the  scale, 
60  that  if  asked  to  sing  it  a  few  moments  hence  you 
will  be  able  to  do  so."  They  sing.  "  Sing  One." 
They  sing.  "  Noiu  sing  Three."  After  practicing 
the  skip  of  a  Third  many  times  (frequently  calling 
their  attention  to  its  relative  position  in  the  scale  by 
asking  "  what  tone  is  found  between  Do  and  Mi?") 
the  teaclier  introduces  the  skip  of  Two,  Four,  in  a 
similar  manner.  This  will  be  followed  by  Three, 
Five;  Four,  Si.x  ;  Five  Seven  ;  and  Six,  Eight;  being 
careful  always  to  remain  with  each  exercise  long 
enough  to  enable  them  to  become  perfectly  familiar 
with  it,  and  to  draw  upon  their  intelligence  by  asking 
questions. 

32.  "  From  any  tone  to  the  next  but  one  is  called 
A  Third.    What  tone  is  a  third  from  Do  ?  "  "Mi" 

33.  "  What  tone  is  a  third  from  Re  ?  "    "  Fa." 

34.  "  What  tone  is  a  third  from  Mi  ?  "    "  Sol." 

35.  "  Wliat  tone  is  a  third  from  Fa  ?"  "La." 

36.  "What  tone  is  a  third  from  Sol  ?"  "Ti." 

37.  "  What  tone  is  a  third  from  La  ?"    "  Do." 

38.  The  teacher  explains  that  singing  a  tone, 
skipping  the  next  and  singing  the  third  is  called  a 
Skip  OF  A  Third.  Practice  all  skips  of  a  third  in 
the  octave. 

39.  Since  writing  the  book  from  which  much  of 
the  above  is  quoted  (1867),  a  very  important  element 
has  been  added  to  the  method,  viz.  :  the  practice  of 
chords  by  the  whole  class,  which  should  be  intro- 
duced as  soon  as  they  have  completed  the  scale. 
The  following  is  the  most  effective  way  to  introduce 

CHORD  PRACTICE.* 

40.  "Sing  one."  They  sing.  "Sing  Three."  They 
sing.  "  Sing  Five."  Tliey  sing.  ■' Now  choose  one 
of  these  three  and  sing  it."  The  result  will  be  that 
some  will  sing  Do,  some  Sol,  and  some  Mi. 

41.  "  Now  choose  a  different  tone — either  of  the 
three— and  sing  it."  They  sing.  The  result  will  not 
be  so  satisfactory  as  before,  inasmuch  as  the  low 
voices  will  probably  sing  Sol,  and  the  high  voices 
Do,  thus  leaving  Mi  out  entirely.  The  teaclier  calls 
their  attention  to  the  thinness  of  the  chord  and  says, 

42.  "Let  me  choose  for  you.  All  the  gentlemen 
sing  Do  ;  these  ladies  (indicating  those  who  sit  in 
certain  seats)  sing  Mi  ;  all  the  other  ladies  present 
sing  Sol."  The  result  will  be  much  more  satisfac- 
tory. 

43.  "Wh  en  the  three  tones  are  performed  simul- 
taneously the  effect  is  called  a  chord,  and  a  chord  is 
named  from  its  lowest  tone,  hence  the  chord  of  Do 
consists  of  what  three  tones  ?"    "  Do,  Mi,  Sol." 

44.  "Sing  One."  "  Sing  Three."  "  Sing  Five." 
This  singing  of  the  Members  of  the  chord  is  called 

spdLng  the  chord ;  when  the  three  tones  are  sung 
simultaneously,  it  is  called  pronoujicing  the  chord." 

45.  "  Spell  and  pronounce  the  Chord  of  Do." 

•Copyright,  1883,  by  H.  R.  Palmbr. 


They  sing  Do,  then   Mi,"  '0  1 

then  Sol,  after  which  they  sing  -/fry  rzjrz^bg— j 

the  three  simultaneously,  when  — | —  — 

the  effect  will  be  as  follows  : —  | 

46.  ".Let  us  now  see  if  we  can  form  a  chord 
upon  Re'.  What  tone  shall  we  sing  first?"  "  Re." 
"What  tone  must  we  omit?"  "Mi."  "  And  what' 
tone  shall  we  sing  next?"  "Fa."  "Again  omit 
what  tone?"  "SoL"  "And  sing  what?"  "La," 
"  What  tones  form  the  Chord  of  Re  ?  "   "  Re,  Fa,  La." 

47.  "Spell  and  pronounce 
the  Chord  of  Re."    They  sing 

48.  "  Following  the  same 
plan,  what  tones  will  form  the 
Chord  of  Mi?"   "Mi,  Sol,Ti." 

49.  "  Spell  and  pronounce 
the  Chord  of  Mi."  They  sing 
thus  : 

50.  "  Still  continuing  our  plan,  what  tones  will 
form  the  Chord  of  Fa?"    "Fa,  La,  Do." 

51.  "Spell  and  pronounce 
the  Chord  of  Fa." 


d  pronounce     n  ,     |  _]  

ice  of  chords  — 1— "-^^^ 


52.  The  practi' 
must  be  confined  to  these  four, 
until  after  the  extension  of  the  scale  has  been  in« 
troduced,  several  lessons  hence  (see  Rudimental 
Class  Teaching,  page  19,  §105),  when  the  formation 
of  chords  can  go  on  as  follows : 

53.  What  tones  will  form  the  Chord  of  Sol?" 
"Sol,  Ti,  Re." 

54.  "  Spell  and  pronounce    -fl  ;  1 — ^J-rJ- 

the  Chord  of  Sol."    They  sing 
thus  : 

Spell  and  pronounce 


55- 

the  Chord  of  Sol 
octave."  They 


n  the  lower 
as  follows  : 

56.  "  What  tones  form  the 
Chord  of  La?"  "La,  Do,  Mi." 

57.  "  Spell  and  pronounce 
the  Chord  of  La  in  the  lower 
octave."  They  sing  as  fol- 
lows : 

58.  "What  tones  form  the  Chord  of  Ti  ?" 
Re,  Fa." 

5g.  "Spell  and  pronounce 
the  Chord  of  Ti  ?"  They  sing 
as  follows: 

60.  Great  care  must  be  taken  ' 
with  this  diminished  chord,  on  account  of  the  tend- 
ency to  sing  the  lowest  tone  (Ti)  too  high.  After  a 
few  minutes  drill,  however,  the  teacher  will  have  the 
satisfaction  of  hearing  the  chord  stand  as  still  z.s  any 
of  the  other  chords. 

Note.— Here  should  be  i-ntroduced  the  resohitions oi  tones,  viz., 
the  tendency,  after  singing  7,  is  to  sing  8.  When  tones  progress 
(move)  according  to  their  natural  tendency  they  are  said  to  resolve^ 
hence  8  resolves  7,  3  resolves  4,  5  resolves  6,  and  i  resolves  2."  After 
asking  the  class  to  "  Sing  7  and  resolve  it,"  "  Sing  4  and  resolve  it," 
**  Sing  6  and  resolve  it,"  *'  Sing  2  and  resolve  it,"  they  are  requested 
to — 

/7\  /9\ 


61.  "Spell,  pronounce  and 
resolve  the  Chord  of  Ti."  They 
sing  as  follows: 

62.  "  I  now  wish  to  form  a  | 
chord  which  differs  from  those  we  have  learned,  In- 
asmuch as  they  consist  of  three  tones  each,  while  th« 
new  chord  has  four  tones." 


PRE  F  ACS. 


Note. — Ai  this  chord  U  not  to  be  Introduced  untfl  after  the  d«si 

hm  been  divided  into  Soprano,  Alto,  Tenor  and  Bass,  and  their  proper 
potkions  assigned  them,  no  confusion  will  be  caused  by  calling  on 
lihe  different  parts  by  name.  And  here  we  would  say  that  after  the 
first  four  chords  are  introduced,  no  more  new  ones  must  follow  for 
several  lessons  (until  after  the  i  extension  of  the  scale  upward  and 
downward)  and  then  it  is  recommended  to  introduce  only  om  new 
chord  at  each  lesson,  which  will  bring  this  four-fold  chsrd  in  its  tp. 
propriate  place,  namely,  after  the  paru  have  been  separated. 

63.  "Spell  and  pronounce  the  chord  of  Ti  again, 
and  in  the  pronunciation  I  want  the  Altos  to  sing  Ti, 
the  Tenors  to  sing  Re,  the  Soprano  will  sing  Fa  as 
usual,  and  the  Bass  remain  silent."   They  sing. 

64.  "  Now  spell  and  pro-  q  .  .  .  -1 
nounce  it  again,  and  I  will  ask  ^  .  [  |  ^^j^I^ 
the  Bass  to  join  us,  singing  Sol  I  J  f  — 
in  the  pronunciation."    They  1     L  I 

ting  thus :  ' 

65.  "We  thus  hare  a  four-fold  chord  founded 
upon  Sol,  and  in  order  to  distinguish  it  from  the 
three-fold  chords  we  add  the  name  of  its  largest  in- 
terval. From  Sol  (pointing  to  the  notes  on  black- 
board)  to  Ti  is  a  third  ;  from  Sol  to  Re  is  a  fifth;  and 
from  Sol  to  Fa  is  seven  degrees  or  a  seventh,  hence 
this  is  called  the  chord  of  the  Seventh  of  Sol." 

66.  "  What  tones  form  the  Chord  of  the  Seventh 
•f  Sol  ?"   "  Sol,  Ti,  Re,  Fa." 


67.  "  Spell,  pronounce 
and  resolve  the  Chord  of 
the  Seventh  of  Sol."  They 
sing  as  follows,  the  Bass 
singing  Do  in  the  reso- 
lution. 


68.  The  time  has  now  arrived  when  it  is  neces- 
sary to  give  technical  names  to  these  chords.  This 
Is  done  as  follows  : 

69.  "  Scientific  musicians  of  all  languages  have 
adopted  a  set  of  names  for  the  members  of  our  scale, 
V^ich  are  called  technical  terms.  To  One  and 
Elglit  they  have  given  the  name  Tonic  ;  Two  they 
call  SoPKR-ToNic  ;  Three  they  call  Mediant  ;  Four, 
ScB-OoMiNANT ;  Five,  Dominant  ;  Six,  Sub-Mbdi- 
A«T ;  8ev©n,  Sub-Tonic." 

70.  The  teacher  now  writes  these  namas  upon  the 
UackiiOifTd,  in  the  following  order: 

8.  Tonic. 
7.  Sub-Tonic. 
6.  Sub-Mediant. 
5.  Dominant. 
4.  Sub-Dominant. 
3.  Mediant. 
3.  Super-Tonic. 
I.  Tonic 

71.  Aftei  practicing  these  until  they  are  familiar, 
the  teacher  «»ys :  "  ilereafter  we  will  apply  these 
terms  in  niKnlng  our  chords.  The  chord  of  Do 
will  in  future  be  called  what  T'  "  The  chord  of  the 
Tonic." 

73.  "The  cbord  of  tke  Tonic  consists  of  what 
looesr   "Do,  Mi,  Sol." 

73.  "The  chord  of  the  Super-Tonic  consists  of 
what  tones?"      Re,  Fa,  La." 

74.  "The  chord  of  the  Mediant  consists  of  what 
tones  r    "  Mi,  Sol,  Ti." 

75.  *'  The  chord  of  the  Sub-Dominant  consists  of 
what  tones  1"    "  Fa,  La,  Do." 

76.  "  The  chord  of  the  Dominant  consists  of  what 
tones?"    "Sol,Ti,  Re." 

77.  "  The  chord  of  the  Sub-Medtaat  consistt  of 
tone*  r   -  La,  Do,  Ml." 


78.  "The  chord  of  the  Sub-Tonic  conslsU  •! 

what  tones  T'    "  Ti,  Re,  Fa." 

79.  "  What  name  shall  we  now  give  to  the  fonr- 
fold  chord  founded  upon  Sol  ?"  "  The  chord  of  the 
Dominant  Seventh." 

80.  "  The  chord  of  the  Dominant  Seventh  consisU 
of  what  tones  ?"    "  Sol,  Ti,  Re,  Fa." 

81.  These  chords  should  be  practiced  at  the  open- 
ing of  every  lesson.  Five  minutes  thus  spent  will 
be  of  the  utmost  advantage  to  the  class. 

Each  new  point  should  first  be  illustrated  on  ths 
blackboard,  after  which  the  class  should  turn  quickly 
to  the  book  and  study  the  exercises  which  involve  it 

It  is  the  opinion  of  many  of  our  best  teachers 
that  the  syllable  name  of  7  of  the  scale  should  be 
changed  to  Ti  (with  the  consequent  change  of  the 
name  of  fiat  7  to  Te)  in  order  to  avoid  the  confusion 
arising  from  the  use  of  the  same  term  for  three  dif- 
ferent things,  viz. :  Si,  7  ;  C,  the  name  of  a  certain 
pitch  ;  and  Si,  sharp  5.  However,  nothing  will  be 
found  in  the  exercises  to  prevent  any  from  following 
the  old  plan  if  it  is  preferred. 

The  following  schedule  of  the  Junior  Grade  les- 
sons, as  taught  in  the  Church  Choral  Union  in  New 
York  and  Brooklyn,  may  interest  teachers  gener- 
ally. The  term  consists  of  18  lessons,  each  1% 
hours  long.  Those  teachers  throughout  the  country 
who  give  only  10  or  12  lessons  in  a  term  will  find  it 
an  excellent  plan,  during  the  first  term,  to  skip  a 
few  exercises  in  each  key,  and  carjT  the  class  as  far 
as  3  or  4  sharps  and  3  or  4  flats.  Then  during  the 
second  term  review  and  go  through  the  entire  grade. 

The  1st  lesson  begins  with  oral  and  blackboard  ex- 
ercises, and  ends  with  No.  8. 
The  2d  begins  with  No.  i,  and  ends  with  No.  21. 
The  3d  begins  with  No.  20,  and  ends  with  No.  47, 
(Afterwards  introduce  the  Tenor  clef,  and  sing 
Nos.  69,  73,  74-) 
The  4th  begins  with  No.  42,  and  ends  with  No.  55. 

(Afterwards  sing  Nos.  66  and  98.) 
The  5th  begins  with  No.  51,  and  ends  with  No.  72. 
The  6th  begins  with  No,  72,  and  ends  with  No.  86. 
The  7th  begins  with  No.  85,  and  ends  vrith  No.  108. 
The  8th  begins  with  No.  loi.and  ends  with  No.  117. 
The  9th  begins  with  No.  115,  and  ends  with  No.  128. 
The  loth  begins  with  No.  124,  and  ends  with  No.  139. 
The  nth  begins  with  No.  137,  and  ends  with  No.  151. 
The  I2th  begins  with  No.  149,  and  ends  with  No.  i66. 
The  13th  begins  with  No.  159,  and  ends  with  No.  176. 
The  14th  begins  with  No.  170,  and  ends  with  No.  185. 
The  15th  reviews  by  studying  Nos.  77,  93,  loi,  no, 
117,  122,  133,  135,  144,  150,  159.  167,  171,  173, 
182,  185,  and  advances  and  ends  with  No.  189. 
The  i6th  begins  with  No.  187,  and  ends  with  No. 

203.    Afterward  review  Nos.  89,  117  and  183. 
The  17th  begins  with  No.  200,  and  ends  with  No.  214. 
The  i8th  begins  with  No.  212,  and  goes  to  No.  220, 
Then  reviews  any  pleasant  pieces  which  the  class 
may  select  from  what  has  been  studied. 
A  glance  at  this  schedule  will  convince  practical 
teachers  that  every  superfluous  word  must  be  elimin- 
ated, and  that  not  one  moment  can  be  wasted.  As 
soon  as  the  last  chord  of  one  exercise  is  finished,  tha 
next  should  be  announced  instantly.  A  sharp  stroke 
oi  the  iaton  or  hands  on  the  first  pulse  of  each  mea- 
sure is  indispensible,  as  by  it  all  may  be  kept  in  ex- 
act time,  and  enabled  to  correct  mistakes  in  beating 
every  time  they  hear  it 

H.  R.  Palmer. 

Nxw  York,  Sept.,  1884. 


THE  CHORAL  UNION. 


JUNIOR  GRADE. 


Wfo.  1 .    Explain  the  Staff,  Short  Notes,  and  Double  Bab. 


i 


:-l= 


_^  _  .  ,  1  ;  »  •  ^  

Do,  Re,  Mi,  Fa,  Sol,  La,  Ti,  Do.  Do,  Ti,  La,  Sol,  Fa,  Mi,  Re,  Do. 
1,       2,      3,      4,       5,       6,      1,     8.  8,       1,       6,      5,       4,      3,       2,  1. 

Praise  God  from  whom  all     blessings    flow,      Praise  Him  all     creatures    here    be  -  low. 

3Vo.         Explain  the  Close.    Sing  first  by  syllables. 


:p=:*= 


■J-   

Hear  the    sky  -  lark    gai  •  ly    trill  -  ing,      Sougs  of    mirth   our    bo  -  soms  thrill  -  ing. 


-I  ^  1  1  u_«  ^  ^  ^ — :S— iT- 

Un  -  der  -  neath  the    tree     re  -  clin  -  ing,      While   the    burn  -  iug    sua     is      shia  -  ing. 

TVo.  3. 


:=l=:q: 


 ^-  -J. 

a      no  -  ble  treas-ure. 


Sing  we  thus  in  joy  -  ful  meas  -  ure,  Mu  -  sic  is 
No.  4-    (May  be  sung  a?  a  Round  in  two  parts. ) 


What    is    hope?   a     smil  -  ing    rain  -  bow,     Chil  -  dren     fol  -  low  through   the  wet; 


 ^- 

Tis  not  here,  still  yon  -  der,  yon  -  der;  Nev  -  er  urch  -  in  found  it  yet. 
#  Take  breath,  giving  it  the  time  of  a  short  note. 


Sum  -  mer  flow  -  ers,    now   are   spring  -  ing,      Mer  -  ry     cheer  -  ful   bells   are    ring  -  i 


— — ^it — :Jr 

Men  and    maid  -  ens   wel  -  come  hith  -  er,       Keep    in     time  and  sing    to  -  geth  -  er. 


Tub  Choral  Union 


^1 


1  ^- 


 — * — --5-— S-— i-— Jr- 

With   tri  -  uniphant  peals    of     thun  -  der,      Clouds  have  strowa  their  wrath  a  -  sun  -  der; 


 '  *  *  --i— -it- 

EyeB    of  flow'rs  with  glad  -  ness  twia  -  kle,       Aud    the    freshen'd    streamlets    triii  -  kle. 


 9l  


Don't  yoa  re  -  mem  -  ber  our  grand  -  fa  -  ther's  barn,  Where  our  cous  -  ins  aud 
Jen  -  kins    the    jes  -  ter     was   wont     to    make  mer  -  ry,     With  Jar  -  vis  the 


:«=:*z=z:*:: 


 ^  ^  ^  ^  ^  ^  H  ^  1  1  ^  ^ 

we  went  so  oft  -  en  to  play,  How  we  climed  on  tiie  beams  and  the 
jug  -  gler     un  -   til     he       was    an  -  gry,     Then  Wil  -  kins    the    wise      man  did 


zM  -mz 


 •  ^— ^  S: 

scaf  -  fold  so  high,  Or  we  turn  -  bled  at  will  on  the  sweet  scent  -  ed  hay. 
free  -  ly        ad  -  vise    them,  That  jug  -  gler    and   jes  -  ter    should  gent  -  ly     a  -  gree. 


•i^    -J-   *  •  •  •  

Hap  -  py    ones   come  sing    to  -  geth  -  er,        Ko    cross    fa  -  ces   shall    come  hith  -  er. 


Those  who  wish  to  sing  to  -  geth  •  er.  E'er  should  smile  like  sun  -  ny  wea  -  then 
TVo.  O. 


.J: — ^ 


 *  ^  


Night  is      0  -  ver,  light    is     streaming,    Through  the   win  -  dow  -  pane  'tis    com  -  lag, 


 «  ^  ^_ 

On     my     own    dear    hap  -  py  home. 


And  the  sun's  bright  rays  are  beam-ing 
TKTo.  lO, 





On  -  ward    to     the    si  -  lent    riv  -  er,  Day   and    night   we    wend    our  wav. 


JuNioii  Giiade. 

^      No.  11.    (  May  be  sung  in  connection  with  No.  10. ) 


Men  and    maid  -  ens   wau  -  der     ev  -  er,  Old    and  young  all     pass     a  -  way. 

7>io.  la. 


m 


:q==|i 


-is: — ^- 


* — " — ^ 


Rest    is     near  -  ing,    toil    is      end  -  ing,       Home-ward  now    our  path    is  bend-ing. 


Hill  and  vale  put  on  their  glad  -  ness,  Not  a  trace  re  -  mains  of  sad  - 1 
Pi"o.  13.    Explain  Counting  and  Measubes. 


i 


No.  14. 


Cour  -  age,  all,  with  ar  •  dor  glow  -  ing,  Work  to  -  day,  your  worth  be  show  -  ing, 
No.  IS.   Explain  the  Tie. 


Sol,    sol,     la,  sol,     sol,  la, 

No.  16.    Explain  the  Long  Note. 


sol,    sol,     la,     la,     ti,     ti,  do. 


Now  re  -  joice,  now  re  -  joice,  Sing  a  -  loud  with  cheer  -  ful  voice. 
No.  IT-. 

 ^— ,  \  1- 


Free  and  gay,  free  and  gay,  Goes  the  huu  -  ter  on  his  way. 
No.  IS.    {Maybe  sung  in  connection  with  No.  17.) 


1 


=1= 


Tljro'  the  day,  thro'  the  day,  E'en  till  night  he  seeks  his  prey. 
No.  19. 


rii-m  -  ly      stand,      firm  -  ly      stand,      Truth    and     right    we'll    e'er      de  -  feud. 


8 

\      No.  SO. 


The  Choral  Union 


Let     us     with     a       joy  -  ful     mind         Praise  the    Lord    for       He     is  kind; 


-* — r~ 

— 

— ^  

— 1  ^— 

 =]— 

For  His 
]Vo.  SI. 

— 1  r  ^ 

mer  -  cy 

(May  he  sung 
J      -4  - 

sllStll     611  " 

as  a  Bound  in 

dure 

Ev  -  er 

^aith  -  ful, 

— ^  0i — 1 

ev  -  er 

sure. 

^^-^=^ 

-m  i-: 

 »  aJ — 

If     for    good  you've 

3. 

tak  -  en 

ill, 

Oh,    be     kind    and     gen  -  tie 

still; 

Let    us       not    re  -  sent,  but  wait, 
IVo.  SS.    Explain  the  Slue. 

And  our 

tri  -  umph   shall  be 

great. 

^^^^ 

H — ^- 

--^^             -S.     -i.  .i. 

—  9>— 

ful  bells   are  ring  -  ing, 


Mer    -     ry . .  =  .  voic 


smg  -ing; 


Birds        their        notes   are  swell  -  ing 


Phce    -   -  bus, 


haste  a  -  way,  We 


do. 


love    thy  brightri 


Cyn  -  -  thia's  sil  -  ver  ray  Will 
;N^o.  S4.    Explain  Seveh  Below. 


fill. 


our ....   hearts  with  lightness. 


Do,     ti,  do, 

List,    the     song —    joy  -  ful 

TSTo.  SS. 


song. 


Glad  -  ly      join     the    chor  -  al  throng. 


Hal  -  le  -    lu  -   jah,      A     -  men. 


Do,  ti,  do,  ti, 
Hal  "  le-    -    l.u    -  jah 


Junior  Grade. 


IVo.  SO. 


 lir 


Do,      ti,       do,         re,'      do,  &c. 

None   can     tell         Half    so      well.       How     in      hap  -  pi  •  ness      to  dwell, 


As  can  they,  Wlio  each  day,  Work  be  •  fore  they  play. 
3Vo-  ^'V.    Explain  Extension  of  the  Scale  Upwahd. 


I 


Do,      do,      re,  mi,      mi,      re,  Mi,     mi,       fa,       fa,       mi,      re,  do. 

Leaf  -  y        bowers'   filled    with    flowers,     "Where  we      gai  •  ly      pass     the  hours. 

N"o-  SS. 


Though  young  birds     in       fly  -  ing      fall.        Still    their  wings    grow    strong  -  ei", 


— s  3 

r  - 

And     the     next    time    they     can      stay       Up       a       lit  -  tie      long    •  er. 

!N"o.  Explain  a  Skip  of  a  Thied.    Virsi  sing  slowly,  then  faster  and  faster. 


Do,    mi,      re,     fa,  &c. 


i 


No.  30.    Explain  the  Short  Best.  May  he  sung  as  a  Hound  in  t%DO  parts. 


— m — ^— 

-r — ^- 

— ^ — p — 1 

-4       -  - 

 1  ^  1 

1  ' 

^  ' 

yes,  yes,  yes,  yes,  yes,  yes. 


yes. 


— F- 

— F  1  

No, 

no, 

no. 

no. 

no. 

no, 

1  ^  J 

no, 

no 

No.  31. 


-    I       1=  r::q=q= 
L  J  J-.t:^-_-^_t=^- 


Sol,  (2)  sol,  (2)  sol,  sol,  sol.  (2)  Sol,  fa,  mi,  re,  do,  do,  (1)  do. 
Work,         work,        worlc  with   zest.  First  we'll  la  -  bor,   tlien   we'll  rest. 


10 


The  Choral  Ui 


3Vo.  32. 


Af  -   ter      la  -   bor     com  -  eth     (1       2),  rest,     (2)  Sweet,   (2      1),    sweet  rest. 


^No.  33.    Round  in  four  parts. 


 1  P— 

-j  j— : 

— ^  ^ — - 

dew-drops  weep; 


Walk,         walk,  walk    at     mora,        While  the     birds  their 

No.  3<4r.    Explain  Skips  of  a  Foueth,  Fifth,  Sixth  and  Octate. 


mat  -  ms  keep. 


^   -3-    *  ^ 

Do,    re,       mi,  etc. 


Do,    mi,      fa,  etc. 


Do,  mi. 

-.1. 

sol,  etc. 

 p-:J 

-m- 

-m- 

Do,  fa. 

la,  etc. 

 ^-  ^ 

 :S— ^  • 

-m- 

Do,  sol. 

do,  etc. 

-J-  ^ 

 1  - 

]N"o-  3S.     Explain  the  Long  Eest. 


W.  A.  Laffertv. 


_     _     _  —w>—^» —  — — * 

There's  a    say  -  ing  that's  a  -  float,      All  should  know  who  siug  by  note, 


'Tis    a   mot  -  to 


^ — p  ^- 


all  should  keep,      Always  "look  be  -  fore  you  leap."  Yesl 


mot  -  to 

— 1- 


all should  keep,  Al-  ways  look  be  -  fore  you.         Look  be  -  fore 


jamp. 


Junior  Grade. 


11 


No.  3G.    Explain  the  Brack    Eepeat  vice  versa. 

i)lVI810N'  No.  1. 


-  ^  J 

m       *  : 

— «  ^ — 

=]^-=^  

I 

Division  No 

know  a 

2. 

 1  ^— 

lower  most 

fair, 

It 

blooms  in 

tm 

beau  -  tj 

rare. 

j 

No.  3'?',  Eepeat  vice  versa. 
Division  No.  1. 


No.  38.  Eepeat  vice  versa. 
Division  No.  1. 




=f?— r=rf^  :: 

La, 

Division  No 

la, 

2. 

la, 

 ^- 

la, 

la. 

la,  la, 

la,      la,  la. 

ll  ^  J— 

—1  1- 

-<*- 

 ' 

La,    la,      la.     la,     la,  la,  la,     la,      la,  la,     la,      la,  la. 


No.  3S 

Division  No. 


Division  No.  2. 


No.  40. 


Division  No.  1. 


Division  No.  2. 


12 


The  Choral  Union 


3V0.41. 

Division  Wo.  1. 


Division  No.  1. 


Hal  -  -  le 
Dmsiejj  No.  2. 


_   "--^ 

lu     -     -    jah!  Hal  -  le  -  -  lu  -  jah!     A     -  men. 


 5Jr 


IVo.  Explain  the  difference  between  Ladies  voices  and  Gentlemen's  voices.    Explain  Sopban*, 

Glef  and  Bass  Clef. 


Soprano. 


Bass. 

Do,     ti,      do,  etc. 


No.  43. 


^       ^    r  r-m      »    c   ^ 

Do,    re,     mi,     fa,  etc. 

Do,  mi, 
1 

sol,  sol, 

etc. 

-  ^  -.: 



JVo.  4S.    This  Exercise  is  not  to  be  sung.    Eead  it  by  syllables,  twice  forward,  then  twice  backward. 
/       spaces.       \/        lin'es.  '\ 


Junior  Grade. 


five,         five      to  eight, 


13 


eight     to       six.  six     to       four.  four     to     five,  fiv*     to  one. 


1.  Come  and 

2.  Come  dear 


-   dant  plain, 
ter    -  fall; 


 \  J   1   t— ^ 



0    -  ver 

1          See  the 

hill  and 
sun  -  beam 

— *  » — 

mead    -  ow, 
3  ghs    -    -  ten. 

Spring    is     come       a  - 
Joy       is     0    -   -  ver 

gain, 
all. 

—rz)  

TVo.  SO.    Explain  Triple  Mbastjee. 


—g.  riT 

Rich    -  ly 


-    iug      Thy    bouu    -    ti    -    ful     bless    -  ing,  Oar 


Fa    -    ther     in       hear    -    en       Thy  name 


dore. 


*"       Leave    us,       0       ney   -    er,      But    guide       our     steps        ev    -     er,  Aud 


:q=--q- 


-*  '-.^ 

no  more. 


save  us 


•when       time      shall      Be  with 


]Vo.  SI .    Explain  the  T3c^'0R  CLErr.    Explain  the  Dotted  Lo^g  Note. 


r 

Fountain   of   light,  Fountain    of   love.  Guard  me  aud  guide  me    to  mansions  a  -  bove; 


■■A  1  \- 


]Vo.  (May  he  used  as  a  Round  in  four  parts. ) 

3. 


iimi 


An  -  y- thing  that  is  worth  do  -  ing  at  all,  Should  be  well  done  by  pupils,  both  large  and  small 


Junior  Grade, 


15 


3Vo.  S3. 


J  ^— 4- 


Joyful  \vc  sing,         time's  on  the  wing. 


singing  IS  joy, 


without  111  -  loy, 


Joiu 


cheer-i  -  Ij,  join 


lieart-i  -  ly,  siu^ 


earn-est-ly,  sing 


lov-ing-ly, 


.raer-ri-ly  now,        downward  we  go,        hearts  full  of  gk-e, 


■jfi—^—^-  _ 

liap-py  are  we. 


with  mirthfulaess,  with  hap-pi- 

IVo.  ^>4.    Explain  the  Dotted  Long  Rest. 


joy-ful-ly  this 


uel  -  o  -  dy 


11 


INTO. 


A.  S.  Sullivan. 


-1 — 
for 


Lord       in       this       Thy      mer  -  cy's  day, 


Ere 


 ^-  :J-- 


aye 


-  way. 


On  our  knees 


fall 


and  pray. 


16  The  Choral  Union 

No.  S6.    Explain  Quadeuple  Measuee.  W,  A.  L. 

Write  we    know    is     writ  -  ten  right.  That's  if     we     see     it     writ  -  ten  write.  But 


-  w      ^      ^  ^ 

-r — r- 

:zi=  1=- 

when  WQ 

writ  -  ten  wright,  We 

know  it 

— 1-  't- 
is not 

writ  -  ten 

right;  For 

write,    to     have     it     writ  -  ten   right,  Must  not 


writ  -  ten   right    ©r  wright,  N( 


yet    should   it      be     writ  -  ten    rite,  But  write,  for     so     'tis    writ  -  ten  right. 


No.  ST'.  Explain  the  Repeat.  May  be  sung  as  a  Round  in  four  parts 
1.  3. 


_   —J-      -J-   •  •  

Hark  !  what  mean  those  ho  -  ly  voi  -  ces.  Sweet -ly  sound -ing  tlirough  the  skies: 
Hear   thena  tell     the      wondrous    sto  •  ry ;    Hear  them  chant  in    hymns    of  praise, 


Lo !  th'an  -  gel  -  ic 
Glo  -  ry,  in 


ic  host  re  -  joi  -  ces,  Heavenly  hal  -  le  -  lu  -jah's  rise, 
the     high  -  est    glo  -  ry,     Glo  -  ry     be      to      God  most  high. 


3Vo.  S'S.   Explain  the  Whole  Note.    Give  the  notes  their  correct  names:  {Whole-note,  Half-note,  Quarto'^ 

note. )    Explain  the  Fraction,  Ntjmeeatob  and  Denominatoe. 
1.  3. 


Fol  -  low,  fol  -  low  me. 


Fol  -  low,  fol  -  low 

5. 


3,     Fol  -  low,  fol  -  low,   fol  -  low,  fol  - 


I 


Fol-low,  fol-low,  fol -low,  fol -low,  Fol-loWjfol-low,  fol-low,  fol-low,  Pol-low,  fol-low  me. 
No.  so. 


Gen  -  tie  spir  -  its  kind  and  free,  Blend  like  sweet  -  est  har  -  mo  -  ny — 
Dis  -  cord  can  -  not    long    a  -  bide,      Con  -  cord's  o    -    ver  -  flow  -  ing  tide. 




UUNIOR 

GrRADB. 

1? 

^  A 

t  =  - 

~t-    ^    ^  r 



-r^  — 

r    *  r 

No.  61. 


Praise  the  Lord  who  reigns  above,  G 

*  .J^  

reat  His  pow'r  anc 

:*  ?  m  »_ 

-.»    «t  ^ 

great  His  love. 

*  •  ^- 

Hal-le  -  la  -  jah, 

Amen. 

^4-*— f  ^— h'  '  1  ^  1  j  ^ 

,  J ...  . . 

L|  _U 

Halle-lu-jah,  A-  men.    Praise  the  Lord  who  reigns  above,  Great  His  pow'r  and  great  His  love. 


Eonnd  in  eight  parts. 


The  Choral  Union 


IVo.  04.   WHEN  THE  SHADES  OF  NIGHT  AI^E  FALLING. 

Explain  beginning  and  ending  with  a  fractional  part  of  a  measure.    Also  explain  p,  &  — =r=— .  Gaktz. 


1.  The  shades  of  night  are 

2.  The  stars    in  softened 

fall  -  ing,  O'er  moor  and  woodland  wild;  Its 
spendor,   Shed  forth  a    radiance  mild,  The} 

=F— '-r—f-^f- 

zz—z:r-zX—=r~- 
-S-    *   -J-  ^ 

calm  to  rest  is 
^  speak  in  ac  -  cents 

1  __  L  ^_    1  (_  L|  j_ 

calling;  Thens 
tender,  Then 

leep  my  child!  Thensleep  my  child!  The 
sleepmychild!  Thensleepmychild!  The 

 -e:-   . 

n  sleep  my  c 
asleep  my  c 

Q  ^ 

hlld!  Then 
hild!  Then 

sleep  my  child, 
sleep  my  child. 

:-P — p — r — r— 

Let    thy    bliss  •  ful 

ti  -  dings  float 

..  -r  -  .-p:  ^  

Far    o'er  vale  and 

hill. 

i 

Till     the    sweet  -  ly 

*=!—_=«=.=•= 

echo  -  ing  note 

J.  -r   , 

 f?-= 

All      our      bo  -  soms 

thrill. 

Junior  Grade, 
tvo.  og.  away  o'er  the  sea. 


19 


1.  A    -    -n-ay    o'er    the    sea,     So    fresh    and    so     free!    With  spir  -  its    in  mo-tion, 

2.  A    -    way    o'er    tlie    sea!     What  pleas-ure    can     be       Like  this  we're  en  -  joy-ing, 

3.  A    -    far     on     the    sea,     How  hap  -  py     are     we!     A  -  way  from  life's  hnr -ry, 


As     brisk  as 
De  '  light  nev 
Its      bus  -  tie 


the  0  -  cean 
er  clos-ing; 
and  wor  -  ry ! 


So    fresh   and    so  free, 
What  pleasure    can  be 
How  hap  -  py    are  we 


A  -  way  o'er  the 
Like  ours  on  the 
A  -  far     on  the 


No.  Explain  singing  in  three  parts.  H. 

Soprano. 


L  Come     and     roam  the 
„  Alto. 

 ^— 

wild   •  wood,  ' 

rhrough   the       ver    -  dant 

plain, 

2.  Come,    dear    friends,  and 
Ge7>tleme>i.. 

^        m  — ^  m 



Ifis   •  tea 
F  =1  ^ 

Ls=  J  d  q_ 

To      the       wa     -   ter  - 

fall; 

^0  The  CiiuRAL  Union 

No.  O^.    Explain  the  writing  of  two  Paets  on  one  Staff. 


^4  ^      -^N""=i  fs=^=i^- 

-  1 

Come  androam  the  wildwood,Thro'  the  verdaE 

tplair 

1,  0-verhillandi 

iieadow,  Sj 

jringiscome  a  -  gain. 

IVo.  GO.    Explain  Singing  in  Fouk  Parts.    Explain  Choosing  Notes.    (See  fifth  measure  of  Bass.) 

Soprano.  R. 


Sing  -  ing       ev   -  er       clear   •   ly,      Free  -  ly,       full      aad  strong. 


Junior  GraUi.. 


No.  'T'O.    Explain  the  writing  of  Foue  Parts  upon  Two  Staves. 


T-i— 1  '  '  l-r  rn 

-1  1  1  1  ^  ^  — )  —3  4 

Listen  to  the  niu  -  sic  C 
av.:4_»_p_»_p  _  eg — ?=2_ 

aming  with  the 

breeze 

'T  is  the  merry  songsters  'Mong  the  waving  trees. 

' — *  r  r  r  r  "^^i — 

L|»-»-'* 

1    i  1 

1 

^ — ^  F 

1 — r  r 

I 

i'                   r  M 

]Vo.  T-l.    QUEEN  OF  EVERY  MEASURE. 


1„  Queen  of  every   measure,  Sweetest,  purest  joy,  Music  source  of  pleasure,  Nowthypow'r  employ; 


2.  Thou  canst  still  the  throbbing  Thoucanstcheerthe  absent 

Hearts  ofthose  who  mourn.  If  thy  pow'r  they  learn, 


:=1: 


■r-rr- 


Not  a-  lone  forsmil-lng  Guests  atnuptial  feasts,  But  with  lenient  numbers,Thou  dost  soothe  our  griefs. 


ran 


Soft-ly  thou  dost  whis-per  To  the  heart  of   pain.  All  possess  a  treasure,   If  thy  pow'r  they  gaiu. 


S2  The  Choral  Union 

TSo.'re.      CHARMING  SPRING. 


1.  Cliarmiiig  spring,  Love-ly  spring,   Beauteous  sea  -  son,   thee  we  sing;    Blossoms  rare 


2.  Charming  spring,  Love -ly  sirring,    Beau-ty    thou    o'er    all  dost  fling;   Rich  and  poor. 


=^=-4  1 


— 

thou  dost  bear     On  thy  bo-som    fair.    Decli^ed  with  verdure  thou  dost  come,  Fill-ing 


all  may  share    la    thy  blessings   rare.      Birds  with  warblings  fill   the   air.  Flowers  and 


all   the  earth  with  song,     Cliarming  spring,  Love-ly  spring,    We  thy  prai 


ais-es  smo 


4  1- 


-4  1  1- 


fragrance  ev  •'ry- where;    Charming  spring,  Love-ly  spring.   We  thy  prais- 


Junior  Grade. 


23 


i 


.3Vo.  rs.   SORRENTO.  7s 

Nathan  Strong,  D.D. 

Met.  J=G3=35. 


1.  Swell  the   anthem,  raise  the  song;  Praises   to    our  God  be -long;  Saints  and  angels  join  to 


1 


2.  Blessings  from  His  lib  - 'ralhand,  Flow  throughoutthishappy  land;  Kept  by  Him  no  foes  an- 


Hi 


3.  Now  the  voice  of     na-ture  sings,  Praises 


to   the  King  of  kings; Let  us  join  the  cho  -  ral 

=1: 


^ — p— 

sing. 

-1  '  

Prais-es 
q- 

to  our 

=1- 

heavenly 

King. 

1 
j 

noy;  I 

■*eaceand 

freedom 

we    en  - 

joy- 

song,  . 

A-nd  the 

pi  i= 

grateful  n 

otes  pro  - 

long. 

1 

L  1  

12^= 

1 

P^STUM.    7  s.  O. 


Met.  J=63-35. 


^2  q  -q  bq  ^ 

--^  q 

1.  Oh,  this 

-J- 

50ul,  how 

dark  and 

blind! 

Oh,  this 
iq  q-: 

2.  Oh,  these 

ev  -  er 

roaming 

-J— 
eyes, 

Upward 

3.  Giv-er 

:-^= 

of  the 

heavenly 

:^ 
jeace! 

Bid,  oh, 

1 — 1  

r* 

!  ■  -  -1  . — 1  bH 

fool-ish,   earthly  mind! 

2--^  |-^^_L^_ 

:t  P 
Oh,  this 

forward, 

:t=— E- 
sel  -  fish 

-q  1— 

will,  y 

^hich  re  - 

fuCT  -  es 

P 

to  be 

:i-E 
still. 

that  re 

:i  -J- 

'use  to 

rise! 

:?2 — 

Oh,  these 

wayward 

-J  J 

'eet   of  r 

nine,  I 

ound  in 

ev  -  ery 
:p  -P 

jath  buf^ 

Thine 

:dd 

1 

H 

bid  these 

tumults  c 

ease ; 

Min-  is  - 

ter  thy 

ho  -  ly  1 

aalm; 

Fill  me 
:*  *_ 

with  Thy 

Spirit's  c 

-^-ba 

aim. 

24  JUNIOR  GraDhj. 

TVo.  T'S.   OH  LET  HIM  WHOSE  SORROW.    6s  &  5s. 


H.  R.  f. 


1.  Oh  let  him  whose  sorrow   No  re-lief  can  find,  Trust  in  God  and  borrow  Ease  for  heart  and  mind. 


2.  All  our  woe  and  sad-ness   In  this  world  below,  Balance  uotthegladness  Weinheav'nshallknow. 


No.  -re.   THE  NIGHT  IS  MOTHER  OF  THE  DAY. 


1=1 


1.  The     night   is     moth  -  er     of     the     day;  The     win  -  ter     of     the  spring. 


:«=3: 


2.  Be    -  hind    the    cloud  the    star  -  light  lurks,  Thro'  show'rs  the  sun  -  beams  fall; 


And      ev  -  er    close    to       old     de  -  cay    The    green  -  est    mos  -  ses  cling. 


For       God,  who  lev  -  eth      all    His  works,  Has    left     His  hope  with  all. 


Junior  (jrade. 


25 


Jffo.  'T'T.    SWEET  THE  CHIMING. 

Sing  each  part  separately  before  uniting  the  parts.  t.  u.  gokdow. 


— ^ — 

-r^^  « 

ehiin    -  ing 

:__ 

Sweet  the 
#4   -J— 

Still  the 

tim    -  iug, 

jrlad    -  ness 

 ^  

Sweet  the 

-c^,    --  ^ 
3him    -  ing 

-m 

still  the 

— I— 

tira    -    mg,  ( 

xlad    -  ness 

Stee  -  pie  bells  with 

joy-ful  chiming, 

Steeple  clocks  with 

care-ful    titn  -  ing, 

Ush  -  er    in  the 

Sweet  bells  chim      -      -    ing,  Glad 


fill 


the 


air;    Chil  -  dren 


An 


gels 


fill    -  inf 


all 


the 


air;  Children's  voi-ces    car-ols  sing-ing  Au- gel  bands  thro* 


:*=:S: 


Christmas  rhyming  On  the   si -lent  air;  Children's  voi-ces    car-ols  sing-ing.  An -gel  bands  thro* 

>-  >         >-         >         >  > 


hearts 


mak 


ingj  Chil  -  drea 


sing 


An   -  gels 


wing    -  mg, 

Ti    -  dings 

L^'  ^  

aring  -    ing,  ] 

^3  s  3  =  . 

*eace  and  gladness 

67  -  'ry-  where. 
:3-^; 

33  n-h-1 

h«av  -  en  wing-ing, 

i  ^  ^  ?  -r-:- 

Ti   -    dings  1 

^ — i-  " 

Dring   -  ing,  F 

eace  and  glad-ness 

ev  -  'ry  -  where. 

 : 

1 

1 

heav-ea  wing-ing. 

To  the  earth  good 

*  r 

ti  -  dings  bringing. 

'eace  and  gladness  er  -  'ry- where, 
/•  _ 

1 

:j— J— a— g= 

\ — r — ^ — m— 

i' 

wing   -   ing,         To  the  earth  good  ti- dings  bringing.  Peace  and  gladness  e?  • 'ry- wher*. 

Copyright,  1879  b,  Bigluv  &  M^a. 


26 


The  Choral  Union 


No.'yS.  LIBERTY  I  COVET. 

Explain  Eighth  Notbs. 


-g— p  r  r- 

 *  — 

1.  Lib  -  er  -   tj  I 

 s  int- 

cov  -  et, 

Lib  -  er  -  ty  of 

-1  

heart; 

Come,  and    to  my 
— >»  ^  ^  ^— - 

2.  Thou  shalt  find  a 

Avel  -  come 
-J       -1  - 

In   our  country 

 : 

dear, 

B     J  d 

And  throughout  our 

9*       #       p       1*  1 

i:i=i;— -=-—-- 

3.  All    our    peo  -  pie 

love  thee, 

— k — ^ — ^— 

And   0  -  bey  thy 

call; 

Cheer  -  ful    for  their 

^  ^  *  J- 

:-wi  

:^  :  IS— S— Im- 

__p p_^ 

 ff— : 

 — 

bo  -  som 

Thy  sweet  peace  im  - 

part.     Leave  thy  star  -  ry 

oirth  -  place, 

And  with 

-qs— qy— 

:i=^ — 

na  -  tion 

^         ^         ^  91 

Thee    we     will    re  - 

vere. 

— 0  0  «  m — 

In    the  cheer -ful 

_p: — p: — p: — p_ 

u- ^  0  , 

for  •  ests 

Thou  shalt 

homes  and 

Coun  -  try  would  they 

On- 
fall. 

Make  us  what  we 

 J-q 

should  be, 

-r — ' 

Hon  -  est, 
—m  p — . 

^                  ,          rri        1     mi       ^       m  m 

— ^ — ^ — ^  tpf— L-.s; — u  

— k — 

ap  -  pear;      Ban  -  ish    from   our    coun  -  try      Base   aud   slav  -  ish  fear. 


have     a     home,     Thro'   the    leaf  -  y     arch  -  es        Ev  -  er     free     to  roam. 


:a=:p-: 


free    and    wise;     Then  thou  may'st  dwell  with    us,      And    for  -  sake    the  skies. 


i9 


Junior  Grade. 


27 


3Vo.  T'O.  "THF-BE  WAS  A  LITTLE  FAIRY  ONCE. 
Explain  the  extra  Accent  Makk.    (  > ).  Explain  the  Eighth  Kest. 


H.  R.  P,  3.  8.  '84. 


I  (  There  was  a  lit  -  tie  fai  -  ryonceLivedin  a  wee  blue  bell,  And  sto-ries  of  the  sweetest  kind,  This 
■  (She  told  howwhenthemormngcame,Thefl.ow'rsthatrouudmegrew,Allbow'dtheirlit-tle  modest  heads,  To 


But  when  theantnmntiinecomeround.Theblue-belldroop'ditshead;  Thefai-rj'  tried  to  raise  it  up.  But 
The    fai  -  rj' sigh'dand,  as    a  tear  Stood  gleaming  in  her  eye,     She    sad  -  ly  said,  "How  hard  it  is  That 


icp-p=»=p: 


:*=:p=p: 


lit  -  tie     elf  would  tell:  ) 

shake  a  -  way  the     dew.    j  She  told  such  wondrous  things  to   me    Of    beau-ty  and    of    love,  And 


found  the  flow  - 'ret  dead.  [ 

all      the  flow'rs  must  die."    j  Hope  whispered.andshe  dried  hertears,  And  gai  -  ly  thus  did  sing:  "Though 


Chorus. 


said  that  all  these  precious  things  Were  sent  us  from  a  -  bove;    There  was  a     lit  -  tie    fai -rye 


:Pzzg=:g-rg=|:gzig=ir-=g-t:g=g=^=J^-^B-f-'^^-*= 


in    the  autumn    flow' rets  die.  They  come  a -gain  in  Spring."  There  was  a    lit  -  tie    fai -ry  once  Liv'd 


rji=:pi 


i 


itt      a     wee  blue-bell,    And    sto  -  ries    of    the    sweetest  kind  This   lit  -  tie     elf  would  tell. 


f—rz 


:p— p: 


:g=g= 


wee  blue-bell.    And    sto  -  ries     of    the    sweetest  kind  This    lit  -  tie     elf  would  telL 

—  ^_-;g_p_ 


28 


The  Choral  Union 


3Vo.  so.    THE  CRICKET. 

cowpBB.  Explain  the  connecting  of  the  stems  of  Eighth-notes;  also  that  such  connection  is  equivalent  to  a  Sum, 


1^ — r- 


1.  Lit -tie    in -mate,  full  of  mirth,   Chirping  on  my    kitchen  hearth,  Where-so -e'er  be 


-m — 


2.  Thus  thy  praise  shall  be    expressed.    In  -  of  -  feu-sive,  welcome  guest!  While  the  rat  is 


3.  Tho'  in  voice  and  shape  they  be  Formed  as  if     a  •  kin  to  thee,  Thou  sur -pass -est, 


ii 
i 


thine  a  -  bode,  Al-ways  har-bin-ger  of  good;  Pay  me  for  thy  warm  re-treat  With  a 


on   the  scout,  And  the  mouse  with  curious  snout.  With  what  ver-mia  else  in  -  fest    Ev  - 'ry 


■r-rz 


happier    far,    Happiest  grass-hoppers  that  are ;  Theirs  is    but    a    sum-mer  song — Thine  en- 


- 

■.-m    m    m  m 

P — ^ — 12 —  [ 

V    u    -^-grijg    S    S  * 

:] 

song  more  soft  and  sweet,  lu    re  -  turn  thou  shalt  re  -ceive  Such  a  strain  as    I  can  give. 

dish,  and 

spoil  the  best;  Frisking  thus  be- 
:pL_«  m  • — * — * — P— 

fore  the  fire.  Thou  hast  all  thy  h 

eart's  desire. 

...  b^— 1^- 

dures  the 

win- ter  long,   TJn- impaired,  and  f 

t^— 12— t*  

hriil  and  clear,  Mel  -  o  ,-  dy  throug 

h«ut  the  year 
1-^ — ^  1— 

L.             -     i-p     *     «  p 

P— ff—  -|^_^_[^— 

L|j^       |««  1  L 

Junior  Grade. 


29 


Kn.  81.    THE  NAMES  BOTH  HIGH  AND  HOLY. 
Explain  the  Eighth-Note  as  a  Beat-Note, 


#-4 — — -biqi^-^-zizqs-^s- 

:-d—  'i^b-  ^  . 

1.  The  names  both  high  and 

M..^  1  

b_*  J — J_ 

ho  -   ly.  The 

^  10       9)       ^  ^ 

names  of   otli  -  er 

__J  

days  Have 

reached  us 

2.  The 

J  -S- 

Sim,  tho'  far,  has 

:=d  K-=qN- 

pow  -  er  To 

 iH— — iS  ;H  

1  1^  |a  1^  1^ 

-w  -tt 

nour-ish  and  to 

l>»   ^  K- 

warm;  Anc 

— *  al- 
to their 

*     i  * 

^-=^ 

3.  Our 

bo  -  soms  beat  with 

pleas -ure,  Wher 

p=i — =1^— in 

1  we  those  names  re  - 

hearse ;  Then 

let  us 

,,  1. 

thro'  all 

a  -  ges,  11  - 

:zi— J— i^- 
lum'd  by   glo  -  ry's 

rays;  T 

aese  r 

ames  de  -  fy    ob  - 

liv  -  ion,  And 

bright  ex  - 

am  -  pie  Shou 
.»  J5  

-^?=^^ 

d  all  our  hearts  con- 
1 — Is   

form.  T 

hey  fc 

)ught  and  fell  for 

jm — * — m — *— 

free  -  dom,  They 

do  them 

B-'-t- 

hon  -  or.  To 
zti  m  *_ 

ihem  be  sung  this 

,  m     m     0  m 

.  U             1/  L<! 

verse. 

=s- 

Then 
=52- 

:f2 — — k— k- 
let  us  vow  sin  - 
:^  =^-=^  rfn 

cere  -  ly,  Witk 

ri  ^ — ^1 

«   ^   «  -J-*'  J  ^2   k   k  k 

*'      form  a  star  -  ry  host,   Tlie  pride  of   fa  -  ture 

na  -  tions.  And 
:a  ^Si 

their  descendants' 
:^.=— — — I 

Doast. 

1 
1 

^-=^^-^^^--&-^--  g     g  *  

ty-  rant  force  withstood;  Their  oath  was  uev-er 

bro  -  ken.  Their  sim-ple  word  held  good. 

 p — m- 

1 

heart,  and  voice,  and  hand.  To   ira  -  i  -  tate  our 

W' — k — k — k~k—  r     Z-  — *— i — 

Fa  -  thers,  And 

love  our  own  dear  land. 

i 

30 


The  CJhoral  Union 


* 


No.  8S.   Explain  Legato,  Semi-staccato  and  Staccato. 

Legato.       ......  Semi-staccato. 


--—^  .  ,  ^  ^  ^  ^  ^ 

La,   la,      la,     la,       la,     la,     la,         La,     la,     la,     la,      la,     la,  la, 


Legato. 


Staccato. 


la,     la,     la,      la,     la,     la,  La,    la,     la,     la,   l.i,     la,    la,    la,  la. 


No.  S3. 

Legato. 


Semi-staccato. 


La,  la,   la,   la,  la, 


^  s^-i: 

La,  la,   la,   la,  la,  la,  la,  la, 


La,  la,   la,   la,  la, 

legato. 


La,   la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,     la,         la,       la,  la, 


Staccato. 


Legato. 


La,     la,     la,     la,       la,     la,     la,     la,       la,     la,       la,     la,     la,    la,  la. 


Semi-sfa^'Af;': 


Fa,    fa,     fa,   \ni;    re,  do, 


Mi,  sol,    do,  Lau  -  ra,  see    me    do,       Lau  -  ra. 


Sthccato. 


:p    m                      ^  -iS        P=— — J**  S — P  

scl,   sol,  sol,   la,    ti,  do. 
Legato. 

5  ^  *  ^  ^  ^  J  ^^-ti*  f    f  i  -r  EH 

do,    ti,    la,    sol,   fa,   mi,    re,   do,   ha,   La,    ha,   ha,  ha. 

8ee  DM,  see         me,       I-au   •   -   ra,  do 


JUNIOR  GR^ud. 
Ko.  as.    AUTUMN  WINDS  ARE  SIGHING. 


31 


i 


1.  Au  -  tuma  winds  are     sigh  -  iug;     Sum  -  raer    glo  -  ries  dy 


Har  -  vest 


the  fields,  how    yel  -    low,     Clus  -  ters  bright  and     mel  -  low.    Gleam  on 


3.  Now  the    lads    are    spring  -  ing,      Maid  -  ens  blithe  are 


Swells  the 


time  IS  nis 


Har- vest  time  is     nigh.     Cool-er  breez-es      quiv-'ring,    Thro' the 


ev  - 'ry    hill.     Gleam  on   ev  - 'ry     hill.     Nee -tar 


the    foun  -  tains,  Crowns  the 


rp-:p;: 


jE—r 


har- vest  strain.  Swells  the  har  -  vest  strain.     Ev  - 'ry  field  re  -  joi  -  ces.  Thousand 


-P=S 


pine  trees 

shiv  -  'ring. 

:=-^_-  

Sweep  the  troub  -  led 

 m  

Sweep  the  troub  -  led 

sky. 

1 
1 

— — m- 

 J— 

— 1^  1-5  1^!  — 1 — 

 » — -*  ^  h-^— 

sun  -  py    moua  -  tains,    Runs  in     ev  -  'ry      rill.          Runs  in      ev  -  'ry  rill. 

:ip=f:— 

t  a    a    ii  a 

1 

thank  -  ful 
 ^ 

voi  -  ces. 

Min  -  gle     on  the 
— 1»  ^  (9  1»— 

plain, 

CZ  ^  ^ 

Min  -  gle     on  the 

plain. 

 S  C2  tiZ- 

-C-^  

4 

Z2 


The  Choral  Union 


TSTo.  sc.   MERRILY  O  ! 

m^/i  spirit. 


J.  H.  C.  Atr.bvP. 

J  1- 


1.  Up  now,  lads,  the  day   is   breaking,  Bright  the  sun,  and  stars  are   low;  Now  the  birds  from 


;;p:=^B:=*:=tp=zp— 

:|==t=:=t=Er— I  ^- 


Ear-ly   ris  -  ing  in    the  morning    Is    the  ti-u  -  est  path  we  know,  Leading  on  to 


J  \- 


sleep  are  waking — Mer-ri-ly,  mer-ri-ly,   mer-ri-ly   0!    Folds  his  hands  to   sleep,  the  sluggard, 


healthy  manhood — Cheerily,  cheer-i-Iy,  cheer-i  -ly   01    Rich  -  es,  health,  and  sweet  content-ment, 


^— — i — , — I  1  1  ^-r-±  1  1  1— r-N-'^-' — -V-i^-j-r—l-- 


I 

Grumbles  at  the  hoursthatgo,While,mylads,ye  trudge  to  la-bor.  Merrily,  merrily,    merrily  0! 


To  the  ear-ly    ris  -  er  flow;  So,  mylads,trudgeouttola-bor.  Merrily,  merrily,   merrily  O! 


IVo.  ST'.    This  Exercise  is  not  to  be  sung.    Read  it  by  syllables,  twice  forward,  then  twice  backward. 


\  1 — 1 — ^ 

A   A   m   =^   i   P        -^  =1~^ 

Do.  Do.  re.  Sol. 

lN"o.  This  Exercirse  is  not  to  be  sung.    Read  it  by  syllables,  twice  forward  then  twice  backward. 


Do. 


Sol. 


Junior  Grade. 


33 


Ko.  SO.   TO  THE  WOODLAND  COME  AWAY. 
Explain  D.  C. 


1.  To   the  woodland  come  a  -  way,    Come  a  -  way,    Come  a  -  way  J    'Tis   the  mcr  -  ry 


2.  Leave  behind  us     all     our  care,   All     our  care,    All    our  care;    Joy  supreme  a 


m 


mer  -  ly    May,   'Tis   the   mcr-ry    May.  Search  the    hill     for     flow  -  ers  gay, 


-H — 1 — 1 — ^- 

1    -1  J 

waits  us  there,    Joy    a  -  waits  us   there.  Till      to  -  tnor  -  row    ne'er    de  -  lay, 

FINE. 


m 


-^1 — r- 

Flowers  gay,    flow  -  ers  gay.  Then  we'll  crown  our  Queen  of  May,  Crown  our  Queen  of  May. 


^  Ne'er  de-lay,    ne'er  de- lay.  What  we  should  en -joy    to-day.  Should  en-joy    to  -  day. 


34  The  Choral  Union 

ISTo.  OO.    FOR  THE  MERCIES  OF  THE  DAY. 


J    (  For    the    mer  -  cies     of     the    .  day,        For    this    rest     up   -   on    our  way, 
■  (Thanksto   Thee    a   -  lone    be     given;      Lord  of      earth  and    King  of  heaven, 


 1  m  ^  p— i 

 «r  1  1  1  

D.  c. — But    Thou  canst  and    wilt    for  -  give;       By     Thy   grace  a  -  lone  we  live. 


.1  1 

-5  ^  ^  ! 

2.  Cold    our    ser  -  vi  -  ces    have    been,        Min  -  gled    ev  -  ery    prayer  with   sin ; 


2.  Cold    our    ser  -  vi 


have    been,        Min -gled    ev  -  ery    prayer  with  sin; 


IVo.  Ol.    Explain  Sextttple  Measure.    Beat  only  the  accented  pulses. 


^ '      Sex  -  tu  •  pie    meas  -  ure  we're 

sing  -  ing, 

^-      «—   1_ 

Re,  mi,   fa,   sol,   la,    ti,     do, ... . 

Yoi  -  ces    are    mer  -  ri  -  ly 

]Vo.  &2.    Round  in  four  parts. 
1. 

-St—'  1  

ring  -  ing. 

 ^  -  '  ^  s^-y 

3. 

i 

:  :-t=p^  3—3—3—^  

1 

-0>-     -m-     -J-      ^  ' 

List    to     the    bells,        sil  -  ver  -  y  bells,        Bim,   borne,    beau  -  ti  -  ful  bells, 


Rhyming  and  chiming  their    mel  -  o  -  dy  swells,        Bim,   borne,    beau  -  ti  -  ful  bells, 


Junior  Grade. 

TV.».03.    BOUNDING  SO  MERRILY  ONWARD. 


35 


1.  Bounding  so  mer-ri  -  ly   on  -  ward,  Happy,  light-hearted  and  fixe;   Roaming  thro' woodland  and/ 

2,  Pleasure  comes  not  for  to-mor- row,    Let  us   en-joy  it    to  -   day;    Fling  to  the  winds  ev'ry  j 

— *-r-r-r~r-i— r-^i — i — ^r-r-r-r~r~r'^r^^ — S— r-r-—,— r-"^ 


1   1  I 


J — I — 1 — \—\ — I- 


j — I — I- 


mead  -ow.  Glad  merry  Imnters  are    we;  O'er  liill  and  valley  re  -  sound-ing,  Fling  we  our 

sor  •  row,   Wlulethro'tliewoodlandswestray;  Joycoraeswitheaciirnspir-a  -  tion,  Painting  the 

"1  i — ^  1 — [ — i — ^  °  ^  • ,  — I — r- 


— 1 — I — l—v^. — 

glad  happy  song,  Wliilethro'eaeh  rocky  surrounding,  Ech-o  our  notes  will  pro  -  long 
cheeiiwitha  -  glow;      Na-ture  prepares  a  col  -  la  -  tion,  !None  but  her  lovers  can  know. 


:t=:ti=t: 


-! — r 


- — I — r- 


IVo.  94.    Sing  first  by  syllables. 

^tj  ^--=1— d-bd— J-d— =.— 

Flow  -  ers,  flow  -  ers. 

beau-ti  -  ful  flow'rs, 

Flow-ers   for  sale, 
-         0     i#     cz;'  • 

Beau-ti  -  ful  flow'rs, 

-— 1     -1     -1  -i 

— 1  1  U    1  M 

=^:-s-;-q=^-=t- 

 =\  :: 

tr       ^  ^ 

■Who    will   buy  my 

)eau-  ti  -  ful  flow'rs, 
-1     ^     ^  -1  

-  "            '     wt     ^  wi-- 

Fresli  from  the  gar-den,  who'l 

buy  ? 

^o.  OS.    This  exercise  is  not  to  be  snug.    Read  it  by  syllables,  twice  forward  then  twice  backward. 
^spaces.  V  lines. 

.    Do,  Do.  Do.soLmi,re,la, 


# 


36  The  Choral  Union 

IVo.  oe.     THE  WORLD  IS  HUSHED  IN  STILLNESS. 
Explain  tbe  HoiD. 


-m-  . 

1.  The   world     is    hushed    ia     slill   -  ness,    And  night  suc-ceeds    to  day^ 

2.  I       know    that  Thou     ia     mer    -   cy      Wilt    my    Pro-tect  -  or  be; 


The  sil  -  ver  mooa  a  -  bove  us  Pur  -  sues  her  si  -  lent  way. 
O       God,  my    Heaven  -  ly     Fa   -    ther,     Turn  not    Thy   face  from  me. 


No.  O-y.     FOLD  ME  CLOSER. 


H.  M.  LowsT. 


1.  Fold  me  clos  -  er      still,  dear  moth-  er,     Clos  -  er   still,  the    loved  one 


2.  Do    not  weep  for     me,   dear  moth-er,  List 


to  that 


3.  Oh,  this  ach  -  ing    head,  dear  moth-er,     How  Pve  suf  -  fered  none     can  tell; 


None   to    pet    but      lit  -  tie  broth -er,    When  your  lit  •  tie     dar  •  ling's  dead. 


Love  •  ly    an  -  gels,    hap  -  py  spir  -  its.     Soon  I'll  join   that    bliss  -  ful  throng. 


But  the  struggle's      al  -  most  o  -  ver;     Fare  well,  moth  -  er,      oh,     fare- ■well. 


Junior  Grad». 
no.  os.  bortniansky.  l.  m. 


37 


mm 


P3  Iff  zip: 


f  Whea  gatli  -  'ring  clouds   a  -  round   I    view,  And 


are  dark   and  friends  are  few: 


I  Oa     Him      I    lean,  who  not      in  vain,   Ex  -  perienced    ev  -   ery   hu  -   man  pain;  f' 


3E^i: 


zn^zzqz 


j  And    olil     when   I     have  safe  -  ly  passed  Thro'  ev   -   'ry    con  -  flict   but     the  last.^  | 


"'■  I  Still,  Lord,  un  -  chang-ing,  watch  be  -  side  My    dy  -  ing  bed,   for    Thou  hast  died: 


:ziii=*zic^: 


i 


1 


 u  1  u|  ^  j  M  ,  u:  *-'l^.— ' 

He  sees     my  wants,  al  -  lays     my  fears,  And  counts  and  meas  -  ures   up     my  tears. 


Tlien  point  to  realms  of    cloud  -  less  day.    And  wipe     the  lat    •    est  tear     a  -  way. 


tzz 


ztz~z^: 


zizl=r^^Zi 


3Vo.  0$>.    Tliis  Exercise  is  not  to  be  sung.    Kead  it  by  syllables,  twice  forward  then  twice  backward. 

lines.  \ 

zm-r=»z 


-I  


=1= 


Do. 


ZtZZL^. 


Wo.  lOO.    This  Exercise  is  not  to  be  sung.    Read  it  by  syllables,  twice  forward  then  twice  backward. 


m 


-J — 

z-j-wz 


:t=: 


Do. 


38  The  Choral  Union 

No.lOl.   £JOFTLY  FADES  THE  TWILIGHT  RAY. 

Explain  Sharp  Four.    Accidentals  continue  their  significance  throughout  the  measure  in 

which  they  occur.*    (See  Bass  and  Tenor.) 


^— d— Id— d— h-d— « — s — 

1  Soft  -  ly    fades  the 
#-4—  ^  =j  — 

-  »   ^ 

twi  -  light  ray 

Of    the    ho  -  ly 

Sab  -  bath  day: 

W-'^-^  ^   ^  ^ 

2.  Peace  is     on  the 

:  J  ^ 
world   a  -  broad — ■ 

-   *      i^l      ^  ^ 

'Tis  the   ho  -  ly 

^       ^       25*  -J 

peace  of  God — 

3.  Still    the  spir  -  it 
gc4     ^      ^      ^      q  . 

-  *  ^ 

lin  -  gers  near, 

L  ^     ^  \  1  

Where  the  even  -  ing 
.    ^       ^  p 

L  1  1  ^  1 

wor  -  ship  -  er 

f-** — r — P — '- 

-ml      ^  |— 

Gent  -  ly     as  life's 

^  ^    f  r 

set  -  ting  sun. 

When  the  Christian's 

course  is  run. 

^     -J-     ^      *  ^ 

Sym  -  bol    of  the 

peace  with  -  in, 

When  the     spir  -  it 

rests    from  sin. 

^— 3— s— 

-  .......    p...  ,  p 

— m  —J  

Seeks    com  -mu  -  uiou 

with    the  skies, 

Press -ing     on  -  ward 

to      the  prize. 

 1  '  1 — 

*  The  additional  clause  of  this  rule,  namely — "and  from  measure  to  measure  until  canceled  by  a  note  interven» 
ing  upon  another  degree  of  the  stalf,"  is  very  properly  discontinued  by  most  of  our  modern  comi)oser8,  as  it  is  of  no 
benefit,  and  causes  great  coufusiou.  In  this  book,  as  in  all  the  author's  works,  whenever  an  accidental  is  required 
in  the  following  measure,  it  will  be  placed  there. 


]Vo.  lOS.     MOURNER,  CEASE  THY  WEEPING.  H.  R.  Palmer. 


#-4— H  1  \  \  ! — 

1.  Mourner,    cease  thy 

weep  -  ing, 

i^— J— J— id 

A\ipe  the     fall  -  ing 

tear;  ( 

3    i    *  : 

jrod  His  watch  is 

^   s    S   -J.  » 

.-ir—^.   .J.  ^ 

ill^i=3=3= 

2.  Raise  thine  eyes  to 

heav  -  en, 

:  i^— 

When  thy     spir  -  its 

.  _  *  •  «  

quail;  ^ 

?--=,3EE3=i 

N^hen,  by  tempests 

i 


Junior  Grade.  Jj^^ 

MOURNER  CEASE  THY  WEEPING.— Concluded, 
keep  -  ing      Though  none  else     is      near,  He    will    nev  -  er      leave  Thee, 


— ^  ^ — 

driv  -  en,       Heart  and    com*  -  age  fail, 


He    will     ev  -  er      hold  Thee, 


:t:=t: 


J*: 


All  thy  wants  He  knows,       Feels  the  pains  that  grieve  thee.    Sees  thy  cares  and  woes. 


All  thy  burdens  share;         In  His  arms  He'll  fold    thee,    Safe  from  ev  - 'ry  snare. 


11 


TV  o .  1 0  3 .    Explain  Shakp  Two. 


IP 


 -—53: 

Blow,  bu-gle,  blow,     Far  o'er  the   snow,     Ech-oes    to    you  are  re  -  ply  -  in 


Far  o'er  the  snow,  Blow,  bu  •  gle,  blow.  Set  the  wild  ech  -  oes  a 
IVo.  104.   Explain  Sharp  One. 


fly   •  ing. 


Far,  far    a  -  way,     Tho'  I   may  stray.     Yet  of   my  home   I    am   dream  -  ing; 


Twilight   may  glow,    Days  come  and    go,       Still  of  sweet  home  I    am  dream  -  ing. 


40 


The  Choral  Union 


IVo.  lOS.    Explain  Sharp  Six.    May  be  sung  in  connection  with  No.  104. 


Far.  far    a  -  way,    Tho'   I    may  stray,     Yet  of   my  home  I    am    dream  »  ing; 


-t  r  .  

Twilight  may  glow,    Days  come  and  go,     Still  of  sweet  home  I    am     dream  -  ing. 

IVo.  106.    Explain  Shaep  Five. 


Ro  -  sy  and    fair,       In  his  arm  chair,     Sits  the  old  far  -  mer  con  -  tent  - 


i 


Sunshine  and  rain  Rip -en  the  grain,  Af  -  ter  his  fields  are  once  plant  -  ed. 
lOT'.    All  voices  in  Unison. 

4- 


1.  Seethe  snowcomeandgo,Whirlingroundandround;  Flying  fast, flitting  past,Flutt'ring  totheground 

2.  Life  is  so,  youth  like  snow,  Whirls  and  eddies  past;  Age  comes  on,  creep  wedown,Tothegroundatlasi, 


]Vo.  lOS.    O  WIP'E  AWAY  THAT  TEAR,  LOVE.  Arr.  from  the  German. 

E3E23Ei=|::t:^-zq=^^=i^<cz=]=qsi 

1.  0    wipe   a  -  way  that  tear,  love,  The  pearl-y  drop    I  see; 

2.  Yes,  when  a  -  way  from  thee,love,  Sweet  hope  shall  be  my  star;  We 

3.  At  close  of  part -ing  day,  love,  Ere  yon  bright  star  is     set;  Still  meet  me    while  a  - 

4.  I'll  watch  the  set  -  ting  star,  love,  And  think  I  look  on    thee;  And  thus,  tho'  sun  -  dered 


Let    hope  thy    bo  -  som 
do     not    part  for 


cheer. 


way, 
far, 


love,  Let  hope  thy 

love,  We  do  not 

love.  Still  meet  me 

love,  And  thus,  tho' 

I  ^ 


bo  -  som,  cheer,  love.  As    yon  bright  star    we  see. 

part  for    aye,    love,  I'll    wel  -  come  thee    a    -  far. 

while  a  -  way,    love,  'Mid  scenes  we'll  ne'er  for    •  get. 

sundered  far,     love.  How  near  our  hearts  may  be. 


Junior  Grade. 


41 


No»  lOO.  HARK,  THE  DISTANT  PEALING  BELL. 

Exercise  involving  Sharp  One,  Sharp  Two,  Sharp  Four,  Sharp  Five  and  Sharp  ' 


1  Uarkl  the    dis  -  taut  pealing  bell!    Sweetly    sound- iug  thro' the  dell;    As  its  wel-come 


:4 


m 


2.  Hark  I  the    dis-tant  pealing  bell!    Loud-er     now  its     echoes  swell;  Darken'd  now  the 


tones  roll  on,     Raise  our  evening  song 


hj=:S=:i=:J-E^:S«:?-J=S: 

Voices  blendin2:,  Praise  as  -  cendin"-,  Twilight 


+H-+- 


:iS3  :  J=5: 


golden  west,    All    is  hush'd  to  rest; 


Silence  keeping.   Peaceful   sleeping,  Hour  to 


:m—mz 

:t=:t=: 


rnzUzz^: 


m 


joys  we  thus  pro -long;  Voices  blending.  Praise  as-cending,  Twi-light  joys  pro- lon^ 


it==t=i 


weary    mor-tals  blest;     Silence  keeping,  Peaceful  sleeping,  Hour  to  mor  -  tals  blest. 


42 


The  Choral  Union 


ISo.lJt.O.   SONGS  OF  PRAISE. 

Explain  Dotted  Quartee  Notes.    Explain  the  Unison  Passage. 


1.  Sougs     of  praise  the      an  - 
:4 


sang,    Heaven  -svitli    hal  •  le    -  lu  -  jahs  rang, 


Heaven  and  earth  must    pass     a  -  way;     Songs     of    praise  shall  crown  the  day; 


ii 


God    will  make  new  heavens,  new  earth, —  Songs    of    praise  shall    hail   their  birth. 


T^o.  111.    GLORIOUS  THINGS. 


 !  1        l-J^r-i  1  □  


1.  Glo-rious  things    of     thee    are    spo  -  ken,     Zi  -  on,     cit    -  y      of     our  God; 

2.  Lord,  Thy  church    is      still    Thy  dwell-ing,     Still  is      pre  -  cious    in     Thy  sight 


1 


 -,  ,  1          '   ^r~4— 


He,  whose  word  can  ne'er  be  brok  -  en.  Chose  thee  for  His  own  a  -  bode. 
Ju  -  dah's  tern  -  pie     far     ex  *  cell  -  ing,  Beam-ing     with    the    gos  -  pel's  light. 


_ — j_ 


Jlnior  Grade. 

IVo.  lis.    THE  LINDEN  TREE. 


43 

R. 

FINE. 


4~ 


A  Liu  -  deu  tree  is  grow  -  ing  Close  by  a  mountain  stream : 
I've    dreara'd  be  -  neath  its     sliad- ow       Full      many  a     pleas  -  ant  dream: 


D.  c. — And   many     a     withered     gar  -  laud,      Hangs   'mid    its  branch- 


green. 


A  Liu-  deu  tree  is  grow  -  iug  Close  by  a  mountain  stream: 
I've    dream'd  be  •  neath  its     shad  -  ow        Full      many  a     pleas  -  ant  dream: 


m 


mz^z 


:m-^-mzzr.zzri^zzm-zi-- 


The     names    I    carved  in       child  -  hood,  Still     in       its     bark    are  seen; 


^1 


The     names    I    carved  in       child  -  hood.  Still     iu       its      bark  are 


IVo.  113.   COME,  SMILING  HOPE. 


Explain  the  Half  Note  as  a  Beat  Note.    Explain  Err. 

I  ^— U.-1-_J; 


11 


zw=mz 


J  !- 


Come,  smil-iug  hope  and  joy    sin  -  cere.    Come,  make  your  constant    dwell  -  ing  here; 

-g-_-g_-g-_-gi_-g-_^-:g---g—     — — -F-r%' — ^— r^— 


I       I         I  ri(.       ^  I 


Still     let  your  presence  cheer    my    heart,  Nor    sin  com  -  pel    you     to       dp  -  part. 


1^ 


44 


The  Choral  Union 


TSo.  114.   SWEET  IS  THE  LIGHT. 


H. 

FlKE. 


i 


Sweet   is    the  light  of     Sab-bath   eve,    And    soft  the    sun  -  beams  liug  - 'ring  there; 
For    these  blest  hours  the   world  I     leave,  Waft  -  ed    on    wuigs  of     faith  and  prayer. 
D.  c. — The  plain,  the  stream,  the  wood,  the    hill,    All     fair  with  eve  -  ning's  set  -  ting  glow. 

I^L-^.     .j:^-]  FINE, 


\ — r 


The   time  how  love  -  ly    and    how     still!     Peace  shines  and  smiles  on    all    be  -  low. 

D.  c. 


]>J"o.  lis.    Explain  Sixteenth  Notes. 


Tra  la  la  la   la      la      la      la      la,     Tra  la   la  la  la 


la  la  la   la  k 


Tra  la  la  la  la      la      la      la      la,     Tra  la   la   la  la      la      la  la   la   la  la: 


Junior  Grade. 


IVo.  no.     WHAT  THO'  FAIR  SPRING. 

Words  by  john  cuzco. 


H.  B.  PllMEB. 


 ^  S- 


1.  What  tho'   fair  spring's  a      sto  -  rj     old — Jast    as     the    sky  that's  blue  ? 


The    warbling  birds  from  hap  -  pier  haunt  Of    sun  -  ny  climes  are  here  : 


In 


They 


3.  The   land    is    warm  be  -  neath  the 


a,    And  fruit  -  ful     for  -  ces     still  Shall 


'-zz^^W — ^-~m— 

^-■^  C2  ^  

piose  or  verse  e'er 

be    it    told  With 

gen -tie   joy    a  - 

new. 

La,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la, 

come  to  greet  with 

rapt'rous  chant  The 

res  -  ur  -  rect  -  ed 

year. 

La,  la,  la,  la,  la,,  la, 

r-t3 — * — S  ^— 

^— J— 3— 3- 

:  =J 
_^ — 

yield  their  wealth,  as  oft  they've  done,  To     hu  -  man  toil  and   skill.        La,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la, 

_»  m  _ 

:zt2— 12  

— I- — 

la,  la. 

la,  la,  la,  la,  la,    la,     la,  la, 

la,  la,  la,  la,  la,   la,     la,  la, 

*^    la,  la. 

la,  la,  la,  la,  la,    la,     la,  la. 

la,  la,  la,  la,  la,    la,    la,  la, 

— "   «  _ — :{ 

la,  la, 
f  » 

^^=^=*— 

la,  la,  la,  la,  la,    la,     la,  la, 
* — * — ^ — ^  *  *  

i  S   «     b»     i         1  J 

— ^     ^     ^              fc^       1  T 

la,  la,  la,  la,  la,    la,    la,  la, 

h-9  9  9  ^   ^  , 

la.  la,  la. 


46  The  Choral  Union 

WHAT  THO'  FAIR  SPRING. -Concluded. 


la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,   la,  la,  la,  la. 


la,  la,  la,  la,  la,    la,    la,      la,  la,  la,  la,  la. 


la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,   la,  la,  la,  la,   la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,    la,  la 


la,  la,  la. 


-— i-     —  * — « — m — m — I 


la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la 



la,  la,  la. 


la,  la,  la. 


la,  la. 


la,  la,  la,  la,  la,     la,  la. 


la,  la,  la,      la,   la,  la. 


zm=tmzzmizm_zM=zmz~Mz 


la,  la,  la,  la,  la,     la.  la. 


la,  la. 


la,  la,  la. 


la. 


la,  la,  la, 


la,  la, 


la. 


la. 


la,  la, 

TVo.  ll-y.     COME  AGAIN  WITH  SINGING. 


Mrs.  CLARA  H.  SCOTT. 


1.  Come,  oh!  come  a  -  gain   with    sing  -  ing,    Sweet  and  joy 


mu  -  sic     bring  -  ing; 


4=^ 


2.  Stars  are  shin -ing  bright  - 17      o'er      us.     Sparkling  eyes  are  bright  be  -  fore  us, 


m 


3.  Hap-py  youthful  hearts  are    meet  -  ing.      Cheerful  are  our  songs    of     greet  -  ing; 


Junior  Grade.  47 


COME  AGAIN  WITH  SINGING.— Continued. 


Hap-py    are  we    all,   Happy  are  we  all, 

Happy   are  we  all    to  - 

light; 

tJ 

Hap-pj    are   we  all. 

Happy   are  we  all, 

Happy   are  we  all  to-night; 

:r|_:s^_^-i^-S- 

W        W        W        \  ' 

Hap-py    are   we    all,    Happy   are  we  all. 

Happy   are  we  all  to-n 

ght;Yes,  yes,  yes, 

— * — m — m — m — ^  ^ — 

Yes,  yes,  yes, 


Yes,    we    come    a  -  gain  with   sing  -  ing,    Hap  -  py,    hap  -  py     voi  -  ces  rinn 


Yes,    we    come    a  -  gain  with  slug  -  iug.   Hap  -  py,    hap  -  py     voi  -  ces  ring 


Yes,    we    come    a  -  gain  with   sing  -  ing.    Hap  -  py,    hap  -  py     voi  -  ces    ring  -  inj 


gs3 


— ^-^ 

Happy  are  we  all,  Happy  are  we  all. 

Happy  are  we  all  to-n 

ight.    Tra,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la, 

i  i^?3?3  ^3=?"-?^=^=3 

Happy  are  we  all,  Happy  are  we  all. 

^^3^3^3^?-^= 

Happy  are  we  all  to-n 

:i      -^^  9  wT  wi-  9  * 

Ight.    Tra,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la, 
■#■->  1*        *      _j«    •  : 

Happy  ar;  we  all,  Happy  are  we  all, 

Happy  are  we  all  to-n 

3  5=5  5  *  ^ 

ght.    Tra,      la,       la,  la. 

— ^ — 1  — •»    m  m  m  ^— ^ — ^— ^ — ^  ^j— 

48 


The  Choral  Union 


COME  AGAIN  WITH  SINGING.— Concluded. 


:t2=i-:*: 


Tra,la,  la,  la,  la,   la,  la,  la,  la,  Tra,  la,  la,  la,  la. 


Tra,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la, 


Tra,  la,  la,  la,  la,   la,  la,  la,  la,  Tra,  la,  la,  la,  la,   la,  la 


Tra,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la, 


Tra,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la. 


— „        — m-  :*=-j^«ii=jB: 


la,  la,  Tra     la,      la,   la,  Tra,  la,  la,  la,  la,  Tra,     la,       la,  la, 


M  ^S-__5 


Tra,  la,  la",  la,'  la.^  Tra,      la,       la,   la,  Tra,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la,     la,  Tra,  la,  la,  la. 


Junior  Grade. 


49 


No.  118.   WINSTON.    L.  M. 

Explain  the  Miwob  Ket. 


H  R.  P.  a  31.  '84. 


1- 'Tis    mid  -  night — and  on    01  -  ive's    brow,    The  star    is  ditam'd  that  late-ly  shone, 


2.  'Tis    mid  -  night; 

3.  'Tis    mid  -  night;  and  from  eth  -  er  -  pla 


for    oth  -  ers'    guilt.    The  Man  of  Sorrows  weeps  in  blood; 


Is    born  the  song  that  an  -  gels  knew ; 


-» — • — I* — r~ 

£  1- 

'Tis 

^          r  t  

mid  -  night — in  the 

gar  -  den 

now  The 

u        1  1_  |_ 

3u£f  -  'ring  Sav  -  iour 

Drays  a  - 

one. 

IP 

Yet 

He    that  hath  in 

an  -  guish 

knelt  Is 

not    for  -  sak  -  en 

by     His  ( 

>od. 

Un- 

tieard  by    mor  -  tals 

are  the 

L_|  j — 

strains  That 

M-       t-  1  

sweet-ly  soothe  the 

I— 

Saviour's  1 

)row. 

:t  1  1  1- 

±=t  1  ^ 

i 


TS'o.llO.    RICHARDS.    6s  &  Bs. 


1.  Pur-er  yet  and  pur  -  er  I  would  be  iu    mind,  Dearer  yet  and  dear  -  er,  Every  du-ty  find. 


2.  Hoping  still  and  trusting  God  without  a  fear,     Patient-ly  be  -  liev  -ing  He  w  llmakeallclear. 


3.  Calmer  yet  and  calm-er  Tri-al  bear  and  pain,    Sur-er  yet  and  sur  -  er  Peace  at  last  to  gain. 


i— r 


50 


The  Choral  Union 


No.  l^O.    SEE  THE  LIGHT  IS  FADING. 

Explaiu  the  Key  op  G. 


Day,     thou      art        de    -    part  - 


Niffht     is       draw   -  ins?  ninrh. 


TVo.  ISl.     WHO  IS  A  FREEMAN?  O.  3.  S. '84. 


^4    ^       s  — '     ^  : 
*  J—^^—J~ 

— f^-"  q"*  

1.   Who   is     a    free  -  man, 

L_l  ^  

Who?   He  who 

call  -  eth  those  his 

broth  -  ers,  Who 

-^—3^3 — ^- 

I                     -  ■  *  * 

.H^«.  .  ,  .  )  _   

I  ._j — 1 

 J  J  J_ 

2    Who   is     a    free  -  man, 

 J  ^— 

Who?  lie  wlio 

from    all     ill     re  - 

frain  -  eth;  Who 

«  a   — i  ^  

Junior  Grade. 


61 


4—4- 


love  to  live  for  oth-ers,     Tlio' low  their  lot  may  be;     That  maa    a  -  lone   is    free  I 


'-:rt-:«=;*-E*=*z 


i 


ev  -  er  true  re  -  maineth,    Tho' oth-ers  thankless  be;     That  man    a  -  lone   is  free. 


No.  MUNDANE.    8s  &  7s.  Double. 

Explain  the  Cancel. 

Rev.  John  Newtok. 


m 


4  }- 


Oraz. 
FINE. 


I  Sav  -  iour,   vis  -  it      Thy   plan  -  ta  -  tion,   Grant  us,    Lord,    a      gra-cious  rain;) 
(  All     will   come    to      des  -  o   -  la  -  tion,  Un  -  less  Thou    re  -  turn    a  -  gain. ) 
D.  c, — Lest  for    want    of     Thine  as  -  sist  -  ance,  Ev  -  ery    plant  should  droop  and  die. 


i 


^   j  Let    our     mu  -  tual     love    be  fer  -  vent.  Make  us     pre  -  va  -  lent    iu  prayer;  j 

(  Let    each   one,  es  -  teera'd  Thy  ser  -  vant,  Shun  the  wo;  Id's  be  -  witch-ing  snare,  j 

D.  c. — And  be  -  gin   from    this   good  hour,..     To  re  -  vive    Tliy  work  a  -  fresh, 

_  Ifine. 


Keep   no    long  -  er      at      a      dis  -  tance,  Shine  up  -  on     us     from    on  high, 

^  D.C. 


zr\—^. 


Break  the    tempter's      fa  -  tal     pow  -  er,     Turn  the     sto  -  ny   heart    to  flesh, 


62  The  Choral  Union 

IVo,  SUMMER'S  GOING. 


Florence  Lh  Clajes. 


I  "1  '  '  '  1  1  "  "  "  1- 

and  sad  -  ly 

1.  Summer's  go  -  ing,  See  the  leaves  are  fall-ing  fast;  Flow'rs  are  dy  -  ing,  All  their 


and  cliil  -  ly; 

2.  Winter's  com  -  ing;  Now  his  hoar-y    head  draws  near;  Winds  are  blow -ing,  AH    a  - 


mm 


beau-ty's  gone  at     last.  Now  the    lark    no     long-er  cheers  us,  Warbling  birds  for 

FINE. 


i  ""-^  '  r 

round  looks  cold  and  drear.        Hope  of   spring  must  now  sup-port    us,  Win-ter's  reign  will 

FINE. 


"tr— t  1  1- 


get    to  sing. 

And  the  bees  have 

1—1  1  1- 

ceased  to  wan  -  der, 

L   ^      1  1  \  

Sip-ping  sweets  on 

air-  y  wing. 

D.C. 

-  ^     ^     ^  ^ 

:  i— J    *  * 

C  1  j  ,_  D 

D.C. 

J— ^— 

pass  a  -  way;  " 

f'low'rs  will  bloom  an 

C  1  

d  birds  will  warble, 

Making  glad  each  summer  day. 

D.C. 

W=^^=^=\:-^—!^—r—r-[-r—r—r—r- 

— p*  P  P  P—  ^  — P  P=  f 

1 —  p  L  t — t — \ — t — "-t — t- — t — r 

Junior  Grade.  53 

IVo.  "IN  THE  DARK  AND  CLOUDY  DAY") 

tnd  stanza  by  Florence  Le  Claiee. 


— 1 

§2-*—^ — ^  1  r-^  =^ — 

1.  In     the    dark   and    cloud  -  y  day, 

2.  Where  is    fled    earth's  vain    re  -  nown,  '\ 

a5;|4    ?     J5     ^     ^     r  to  to 

"  s     s     ^  ^ 

tVhen  earth's  rich  -  es 
Vhen     I     feel  the 

— ^     ^     ^  m — 

flee     a  -  way, 
world's  cold  frown? 

r   — ^    ^  n 

e?|_t=  1     t=  1=~|:-4=     t  -t= 

r     1  r 

^  r 

1      1      O  1 

i=i=r^ 

Si     *    to  : 

And     the     last  hope 
When,  my     spir  -  it 

1  ^ — p  J 

will     not  stay, 
is       cast  down, 

J      J^J  . 

to  to  to         S  --^ 

Sav    -    iour     com  -  fort 
Sav    -    iour     com  -  fort 

-to  -r:-  to  .  . 

me. 
me. 

-S:  rn 

p8—  p  ^— 

 1  1- 

r 

TsTo.  ITALIAN  HYMN.    6s  &  4s.  F.  Giardini,  1769. 


3-^^ 

1.  Come,  Thou  al  - 

2.  Come,  Thou  iu  - 

to- 

might-y 
cariiate  ^ 

King,  ] 
Vord! 

lelp  us  Tliy 
jrird  on  Thy 

name  to  s 
might-y  sti 

3_:tol^ 

red- 
ing, 

^ord;  C 

r 

lelp  us  to  p 
nr  pray 'rati 

raise: 
snd;  C 

Fatlier!  all 
'ome,audThy 

to  to 

— 1  1 — 

3  S  *  : 

3.  Come,  ho  -  ly 

4.  To     the  great 

LP  t- 
Comfort  - 
One  in  '] 

er!  ' 
Dhree,  ^ 

L  L 
^hy  sa-  cred 
'he  high-est 

wit  -  ness 
prais  -  es 

aear,  1 
be,  I 

n  this  glad  h 
[ence  ev-er-n 

r  ^  ^ 

our:  ' 
ore !  1 

:f?-j?r:p=:j 

'hon,  who  al- 
I  is  sovereign 

'-r- 

-t  1  1-^ 

 — h-n- 

^  -to-^- 

-f— r— J- 

glo  -  ri  -  ous, 
peo-ple  bless, 

=:to-p-p->-.-to-J- 

O'er   all  vie  -  to  -  ri  -  ous,  ( 
And  give  Thy  word  success: 

— ,     J     _J  M      s  ^ 

Dome,  and  reign 
Spir  -  it     of  1 

0  -  ver  us, 
0  -  li  -  ness! 

1  

An  -  cient  of  d 
On     us  de-sc 

ays. 
end. 

^=-*^to-ii- 

i=^=*=to=:^ 

i) 

^  ^  [ — 

might-y  art, 
maj  -  es-ty  ] 

t__t:    t:  ttz    ^  ^  t 

S^ow  rule  in    ev  -  ery  heart. 
May  we  in    glo  -  ry  see, 

^    f?                 1^  t= 

And  ne'er  from 
And  to     e  -  t 

to     ^  - 

us  de-part, 
er  -  ni  -  ty  ; 

|-i  ]  1 — 

Spir  -  it     of  pc 
jOve  and  a  - d 

-to— r— p- 

)w'r! 
3re. 

54  The  Cuoral  Union 

tvo.  1120.  chesterfield.  c.  m. 


H4^— .  

1.  The   Lord  wi 


di  -  vine       Oa     con  -  trite    hearts  be  -  stow: 


3.   Oil!  make  this  heart 


joice 


ache;      De  -  cide     this    doubt  for 


 «_ 

-l — 

Then    tell      me,     gra  -  clous     God,    is  mine 


con  -  trite     heart,  or      no  ? 


If      auglit   is      felt     'tis     on   -   ly     pain       To  find 


can  -  not  feel. 


=1= 


And     if        it      be       not     brok  -  en,   break —  And  heal 


it  be. 


IVo.  IS'?'.   AMERICA.    6s  &  4s. 

-I— 


1.  Mv  country!  'tis    of  thee, Sweetlandof    lib  -  er  -  ty,    Of  thee  I    sing;  Landwheremy 
^.  H«.        Iff:  :p:  h*.  .      ^  ^    ^    ^2  •     -f?"  "S" 


( — hO — Lt 


2.  My  na-tive  coun-try,thee — Landof  the   no  -  ble  free — Tfaynarael    love;  I    love  thy 

3.  Let  mu-sic  swell  the  breeze.  And  ringfrom  all  the  treesSweetfreedom'ssoug:  Let  mor-tal 

4.  Our  father's  God!  to  Thee,  Author  of    lib  -  er  -  ty,  To  Thee  we  sing:  Lougmay  our 

 fi-J- 


fathers  died!  Land  of  the  Pilgrims' pride!  From  ev-ery   mountain  side  l!et  freedom  ring! 


:— t— t:=:t=- 


rocks  and  rills,  Thy  woodsand  templedhills:  My  heartwifh  rap  -  turethrillsLikethat  a  -  bove, 
tongues  awake;  Let  allthatbreathepartake;  Let  rocks  their  silence  break,— Thesoundpro-long, 
land   be  bright  With  freedom's  ho  -  lylight;  Pro-tect  us    by  Thymight,Great,God,ourKing! 


Junior  Grade. 


No.l?3^.  POLITZ. 
^  OM^  -.  S~l  1—, 

C.  M.  Double. 

r  — 1  -^-^^ 

D.  WiLSOK. 

^   1  ^ 

 1  — -) — 

— 1 — ^ — -^w-^— 

— 1  m — 

-*-T — =i  =i  

\  — 1 

1.  When 

beauty  clothes  the 

fer  -  tile  vale,  And  h 

'-^  

irds  their  cho-rus 

sing;  And  fr 

agrance  breathesin 

--^     -1^  ^  1  h  . 

■Liiit 

^   J  =i — 

— p — 

2.  In  -  SI 

-r  ^ 

)ired  to  praise  my 

r  ^ 

souhvould  join  Glad 

nature's  cheerful 

song ;  While 

love  and  grat  -  i  - 

ev-ery  gale,  How  sweet  the  day     of  Spring.     O,     let     my  in  -  most  heart  confess,  With 


:ep::i=x=i 


tude  combine  To    tune  my  joy  -  ful  tongue.    And  faith   ex-ults  that  yet    the  spring  Of 


i 


grateful  joy  and  love,  The  bounteoushandthatdeignsto  bless  The  gar-den,  field  and  grove. 


zjim 


righteousness  and  praise,  0    Saviour,  God  will  sure  -  ly  bring.  And  in    all    na '  tions  raise. 


56  The  Choral  Union 

IVO.  1^S>.     SINGING  IN  THE  SCHOOL-ROOM.  Words  and  Music  by  p.  W.  Hilu 


1.  Sing-ing   iu    the  school-roon 

2.  Sit  -  ting  up    e  -  rect  and 

,      ,  - 

1  Pleasant  'tis    to  see, 
Beat-ing  with  the  hand, 

 — m  m  m  «  :j 

Ilap  -  py  hearts   and   voic  -  es, 
Meas  -  ure    af  -   ter    meas  -  ure, 

— .  ^    >    I**    1     |-  - 

^4=^**                    =1 — ^ 

^  ^    9       9l      9>      *      V  9 

m>      0      *      0      ^  -i^-  - 

-   «r        0        «        «        «>        <»-  a 

1         V     ^     ^     1^     1  1 

3.  Wil  -  lie,  Ben-nie,  John-nie, 

4.  May  the  hours  we  sing  here, 

«     ^     «     ^.    «  « 

'              y       ^  \~ 

Fred-die,  Jim-niie,  Sam, 
Make  the  weak-er  strong, 

-  ^       ^       ^       ^       h-      -I—  j 

Liz  -  zie,   Kat  -  tie.    Ma  -  ry, 
And  the    strong-er     wis  -  er. 

z  f.      r  r  r--- 
— ^ — — ^ — 1 — 

bp*              f-       t-  ^ 

t-0-S--s — > — ^  



In     a     nier  -  ry  glee. 
Time  at    our  command, 

L_L  ^. 

Sing-ing,  sing-ing, 

p-4  ^  

-I  ^  

Voices  ring  -  ing,  " 

_i  

^Ve're  a    mer-ry    hap  -  jiy 
:qs  q*,  q 

— —  ^ — 

|:  =f  -* 

-■^    J    »    ^    *  H 

Mat  -  tie,  Su  -  san,  Ann. 
As     Ave   go   a  -  long. 

Sing-ing,  sing-ing, 

p.   -    m-  ^ 

Voices  ring  -  ing,  "\ 

\''e're  a    mer-ry    hap  -  py 

1   ^ 

f— r=] 

band,      Sing-ing,  sing-ing,  Voic 


ring  -  ing,  We're  a     mer  -  ry    hap  -  py  band. 


m 


band,     Sing-ing,  sing-ing,  Voic  -  es   ring  -  ing,  We're  a     mer  -  ry    hap  -  py  band. 


Junior  Grade. 


67 


TVo.130.   SING  HIS  LOVE  FOREVER.    8s  &  5s.  Double. 


1.  Sing    of    Je  -  sus,     sing    for  -  ev  -  er,        Of   the  love  that  chang  -  es  nev  -  er, 


2.   Pa  -  tieat  -  ly    and  per 


ver  -  ing,      Let    us     la  •  bor     nev  -  er  fear  -  ing, 


— »^ — I— 


3.  Tho'    we  pass  thro'    trib  -  u  -  la  -  tion,    Christ  will  be     our     con  -  so  -  la  -  tion, 


—I  b^-l  ^- 

Who,orwhatfromniracan  sever  Those  He  malcesHisowu!  With  His  blood  the  Lord  hath  bought  us, 

 ^w— 1- 


While  we  wait  for  His   appearing,  All  will  then  be  well;      By  His  wordourfears  al- lay -ing, 
^  i^^^- 


Ours  will  be    a   full  sal -ration  All  will  then  be  well;     Hap-py  still    in  God  con  -  fid  -  in^ 

:pp=*=:*zz:*i:rp— 


-I  ^— 1 — 


:«-_rp: 


 »i— — — V  '-- 


WhenweknewHimnot  Hesoughtus,  Andfromallourwanderingsbroughtus,Histhepraisea -  lone. 


L,  ^  •  1  ^  3-1  1  »  


All  our  fee-ble  foot-steps  staying,  I  Let  us  nev-er    cease  our  praying.  All  willthenbe  v/ell. 


Fruitful  if   in  Christ  a -biding;  Ho  -  ly  thro' the  spir-it's  guiding,  We  with  Hiin  will  dwell. 


58 


The  Choral  Union 


No.  131.  LIFE'S  DEGREES. 
Sing  1st  Stanza  slowly ;  2d  and  3d  fast ;  4tli  moderate ;  5th  slow  and  soft. 


1.  Man's  life  is  like  a    riv  -  er  That  thro'  the    val-ley    flows — That  o  -  ver  grass-y 

2.  The  hap-  py  child  rests  glad  -  ly  From  cheer-ful,  childish    play,      To  dream  of  gold-en 


4.  The  man,more  grave  and  thoughtful, Bow'd  down  by  pain  and  care,   But  rare  -  ly    now,  and 

5.  And  when  the  old  man  flee  -  eth  Vain  pleasure's  worldly    calls,     Life  grow-eth  cold  -  er, 

^ra^,—S-m  »—  an— I  \  1-»  >  \  K  \  ^ 


mead-ow  And  empty  des-ert  goes ;  That  o-  ver  grassy  meadow  And  empty  des-ert  goes, 
mountains,  And  skies  of  deathless  day ;  To  dream  of  golden  mountains,And  skies  of  deathless  day. 


^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ 
spir-  it  From  sorrow  ris-eth   free  ;  His  hopeful,trusting  spir  -  it  From  sorrow  riseth  free. 


1  ^ 


i — 


spare  -  ly.The  smiles  of  joy  doth  wear ;  But  rarely  uow.and  sparely,The  smiles  of  joy  doth  wear, 
dark  -  er,  Un-  til  the  cur-tain  falls  ;  Life  groweth  colder,dark-er,  Un  -  til  the  curtain  falls. 

.    .  .    .   ^         .    .  ,    .         ......   U  I 


•)  k-»- 


TS<y.  1.3S.  OLD  HUNDRED. 


Louis  Bourgbois,  1552. 


Praise  God  from  whom  all  bless-  ings  flow !  Praise  Him  all    crea-  tures  here    be  -  low ! 


Praise  Him  a-bove,  ye    heav'n-ly  host !  Praise  Fa  -  ther.  Son,  and    Ho  -  ly  Ghost! 


Junior  Grade. 


59 


IVo.  133-  LIFE'S  REST.  5s  &  4s. 
Explain  the  Key  OF  E  MiNOB. 


1.  Gent-ly  eve'ning  bends.O'er  vale  and  hill    Soft- ly  peace  descends, The  world  is  still. 

2.  Save  the  brooklet's  gush,The  world  doth  rest.Hear  its  rest-less  rush  To     o  -  cean's  breast. 


3.  Restless  thus  life  flows  With-in    my  breast ;  God  a-  lone  be-  stows  The  tran-  quil  rest. 


2NO-134.   HARKl  THE  PEALING. 


-<m  m  ^ 

eve  -  ning  bell ; 
sil  -  very     bell ; 


1.  Hark!  the    peal-ing,  soft  -  ly     steal- ing,    Eve  -  ning  bell, 

2.  Wei  -  come    is     the     sil  -  very    mu  -  sic,     Sil  -  very  bell, 


4  ^ 


1.  Hark !  the    peal  -  ing,  soft  -  ly    steal-  ing.    Eve  -  ning  bell, 

2.  Wei  -  come    is     the     sil  -  very    mu  -  sic,     Sil  -  very  bell. 


eve  -  ning  bell 
sil  -  very  bell 


Clear  -  ly  ech  -  o,  sweet  -  ly  ech  -  o,  Gent  -  ly  down  the  dell. 
Sweet  -  ly      tell  -  ing,  gent  -  ly      tell  -  ing     Of     the    day's    fare  -  well. 


— 1  \  \ — 1- 

1  \  1  ■  1 

m=j — ^ — i — 

Clear  - 

ly 

ech  - 

0, 

sweet  - 

ly 

ech 

-  0, 

Gent 

-  ly 

down 

the 

dell. 

Sweet  - 

ly 

tell  - 

ing, 

gent  - 

ly 

tell 

-  ing 

Of 

the 

day's 

fare 

-  well. 

60 


The  Choral  Union 


No.  135».   WINTER'S  GONE. 

Explain  the  Key  of  D. 


1.  Win  -  ter's  gone,        win  -  ter's  gone,       Love  -  ly    spring-time    bast  -  ens  on. 


2.  Ev  -  'ry    breeze,       ev  -  'ry    breeze,      Flit  -  ting  thro'  the      for  -  est  trees, 


Birds    will    sing,         birds     will  sing. 


Sweet  -  est     songs    of  spring. 


Bring  -  eth    bloom,       bring  -  eth  bloom. 


From    cold    win  -  ter's  gloom. 


3V©.136.  GENTLY' EVENING  BENDETH. 

Explain  pp,  p,  m,  /,  ff,  cres.  and  dim. 
p  Cres.    f  Dim.  p         m       Cres.  ff 


Dim. 


1.  Gently  evening  bendeth    Over  vale  and  hill;    Softly  peace  descendeth,  And  the  worldis  still 
jo  Cres.     f  Dim.  p  m       Cres.    ff  Dim.  pp 




2.  Save  the  wood-brook's  gushing,  All  things  silent  rest.  Hearits  restless  rashing  On  to  ocean's  breast. 
p  Cres.-    f  Dim.  p         m       Cres.    ff         Dim.  -pp 


3.  Restless  thus  life  floweth,  Striveth  in  my  breast;  God  alone  bestoweth  Tranquil  evening  rest, 
p  Cres.    f  Dim.  j)  in       Cres.    ff  Dim.   pp 


Junior  Grade. 

No.lSr.  COOKINGHAM.  Ss&Gs. 


61 


1.  Sin-ner,  come,  'mid  thy  gloom,  All  thy  sin  con  -  fess  -  ing;  Trembling  now,contrite  bow, 


TSo.  138.   SWEET  SABBATH  OF  THE  YEAR. 


Take  the  offered  bless  -  ing. 


m 


Flee  to  Christ  the  Sav-  iour. 


1.  Sweet  sab-bath  of  the  year,While  evening  shades  de- 

2.  A  -  long  thy  sun-  set  skies  Their  glo-ries  melt  in 


Si 


3.  Thy  scene  each  vis-  ion  brings  Of   beau-ty  and  de- 

— \ — — ^- 


4.  Of  joys  that  come  no  more,Of  flow' rs  whose  bloom  is 

5.  Of   all  that  now  may  seem,  To  mem'ry's  tear-ful 


A  \  -\  ^ 


A  \- 


•  cay,  Thy  part  -  ing  steps  me-  thinks  I  hear  Steal  from  the  world  a  -  way. 
shade.  And  like    the  things  we    fond  -  ly    prize.  Seems  love  -  Her    as    they  fade. 


cay, 


Of  fair    and   ear  -  ly  -  fad  -  ed  things.  Too    ex  -  quis  -  i 


ite  to 


62 


The  Choral  Union 


]Vo.  130.    FRIEND.   8s  &  7s.— double. 


Fine. 


1.  One  there  is     a  -  bove  all  oth-  ers  Well  deserves  the  name  of  Friend  ;  | 

His  is  love  be-  yond  a  brother's,  Costly — free — and  knows  no  end  :  j  Which  of  all  our 
D.c.  But  this  Sav-iour  died  to  have  us    Rec-  on-ciled,  in  him,  to  God ! 


Fine. 


2.  When  he  lived  on  earth  a  -  bas  -  edjFEiEND  of  Sinners  was  his  name,  ] 

Now  a- bove  all  glo  -  ry  rais-ed,  He  re-joic-es  in  the  same,  j  Oh,for  grace  our 
D.c.  We,    a  -  las !  for  -  get  too   oft  -  en  What  a  friend  we  have  a  -  bove. 


\  1  1  4- 


I  1-,— J  \  1  [- 


No.  140.   SWEET  HOME.   C.  M. 


D.C. 


friends,to  save  us,Could  or  would  have  shed  his  blood? 


hearts  to  soft-en !  Teach  us,Lord,at  length  to  love  ; 


f 


Legato.  With  feeling. 


Wm.  S.  Pitts. 


1.  There  is     a  home  of  sweet  re- 


2.  There  pu  -  r:  -  ty  with  love  ap- 


— — , — I — ■  — — — ^ —  — — 

-  pose.  Where  storms  assail  no  more;  The  stream  of  endless  pleasure  flows  On  that  celestial  shore. 


pears, And  bliss  without  alloy,There  they  who  oft  have  sown  in  tears,Shall  reap  again  in  joy. 


Junior  Grade, 


63 


^o.  141.   CONSOLATION.  8s  &  7s.— douex,e. 


1.  {       '^^^'^  P^^"  ^^g'  ^  ^"'-^       t  When  temptations 

(  Comes  a  voice,  my  heart  con  -  sol  -  ing,  Je  -  sus  loves  me,  e-ven  me.  )  ^ 

D.c.  Then  this  tho't  becomes  my  watchword,  "  Je  -  sus  loves  me,  e-  ven  me." 


2  I  When  I  sink  oppress' d  with  anguish,Comes  that  voice  a-long  the  sea,   )  q  ^^^^^  great  ■ 

■  I  Quick'ning  all  the  pow'rs  that  languish,  "  Je  -  sus  loves  me,  e-  ven  me."  j  ° 
D.c.  Breathing  there  His  mercy's    essence    "Je  -  sus  loves  me,  e-  ven  me." 


i 


4—4- 


lure  me  downward,And  the  cross  I  cannot  see. 


m 


TVo.  14S.    MUNSON.  C.  M. 


3^ 


1.  There  is  an  hour  of  hallow 'd  peace,For 


2.'Tis  then  the  soul  is  freed  from  fears,  And 


3.  There  is  a  home  of  sweet  repose,AVhere 
7^^,  ^    I,    N    S    I  4-,    k  .    I  .: 


those  with  cares  oppress'd.When  sighs  and  sorrowing  tears  shall  cease,And  all  be  hush'd  to  rest. 


-     -  -  ^  TitW^-*-^- 

doubts  which  here  annoy;  Then  they  that  oft  have  sown  in  tears  Shall  reap  a  -  gain  in  joy. 


storms  as-sail  no  more  ;  The  stream  of  end- 
A  1- 


pleasure  flows  On  that  ce-les  -  tial  shore, 
-S  N  \~ 


£i4  The  Choral  Union 

iso.  143.  thf:  happy  farmer  boy. 

Explain  Bis.  okaz. 


1.  Mer  -  ri  -  ly,   mer  -  ri  -  ly    pass-es  the  day,  Mow-ing    and  toss  -  ing  and 


2.  Cheer  -  ful  -  ly,  cheer  -  ful  -  ly     on-ward  each  one,  Buoy-  ant   with  laugh-  ter  and 


Junior  Grade. 


3Vo.  144.   MAY  SHOUT. 


65 


-    ,    O  !  the  love  -  ly,   love-  ly  May! 

Ev-er  wel-come,  ev  -  er  gay!  |  "When  by  vale  aud  mountain,  When   by  brook  and 


n  j    01  how  fresh  the  morn-  ing  air!  \ 

I    O  !  how  love- ly     all  things  are!  j  Birds  so  gay  -  ly     sing- ing,   Woods  and  meadows 


Hark!  the  u  -  ni  -  ver-  sal  shout!  ) 

Na-  ture's  fair-est  forms  are  out!  j  Lambs  are  bleating, skipping, 


are  buz-zing. 


fount  -  ain,     j  Flow'rets  bloom.and  in  -  sects  play,  |  f  O!  the  love  -  ly,   love  -  ly    May!  \ 
{ In  the  love-ly,   love  -  ly,  May.  i  |  Ev-er  wel  -  come,  ev  -  er    gay !  j 


ring  -  ing,      ( Buds  and  blossoms,fresh  and  bright,  1  |  O!  the  love  -  ly,   love  -  ly    May!  1 
(Leaves so green.enchanting sight, —  j   (Ever  wel-come,   ev  •  er  gay!) 


sip  -  ping,    j  Walk,or  ride,  or    row    the  boat,  \  J  O  !  the  love  -  ly,    love  -  ly  May !  ) 


(Stand, or  fall,  or    sink,    or  float,  j  (Ev-er  wel-come,  ev  -  er  gay! 


\ 


1  \ 


Charm  -  ing,  charm  -  ing,  charm  -  ing,  charm-  ing,  charm-  ing,    love  -  ly  May. 


Charm  -  ing,charm  -  ing,  charm  -  ing,  charm-  ing,  charm  -  ing,    love  -  ly  May. 


Charm  -  ing, charm  -  ing,  charm  -  ing,  charm-  ing,  charm  -  ing,    love  -  ly  May. 


66 


The  Choral  Union 


No.  14S.  THE  MOONLIGHT  SAIL. 

QUARTET  AND  CHORUS. 

4- 


1.  Now  spark-]  iug  and  bright  in    its    sil  -  very  light    Is    the  spray    our    path  -  way 


2.  The  stars  full  of  light  now  are  glow-  ing  bright,  And  they  deck    the   heav'us  a- 


3.  O,     list     to  the  bells  from  the  dis  -  tant  hills,    Their    ves  -  pers  sweet  -  ly 
J  1 — I     J»  Js— 1  ^K.    !  j —   I     J»  k,  


— V    ^  '  ^  ^  *>  ^   ~  '  • — 

-  bove    us,  While  soft  they  shine  from  the  limpid  brine,  And  the  strain  they  chant  is  '"'love  us.' 


chim-ing ;  We'll  return  their  song,as  we  glide  a-long, While  the  moon  is  soft  -  ly  shin  -  ing. 


Then  a-  way,  pull  a-  way,  lads,  row  with  a  will,While  the  moon  is  beaming  bright-ly  a- 


Then  a-  way,  pull  a-  way,  lads,  row  with  a  wi]l,While  the  moon  is  beaming  bright-ly  a- 


Then  a-  way,  pull  a-  way,  lads,  row  with  a  will.While  the  moon  is  beaming  bright-ly  a- 


Junior  CjRAdb.  67 

THE  MOONLIGHT  SAIL.  Concluded.  JJepcai  Chorus  pp. 


'  bove  us ;  We  will  dash  thro'  the  spray  in  the  sparkling  ray,  And  sing  of  those  who  love  us. 

1      1        -1  ,     .   .   .-^1     !     1     ir!_,_.___J  EM 

-  bove  us  ;  AVe  will  dash  thro'  the  spray  in  the  sparkling  ray,And  sing  of  the 

se  wli 

0  love  us. 

-  bove  us ;  We  will  dash  thro'  the  spray  in  the  sparkling  ray,Ai 

id  sing  of  those  wh 

0  love  us. 

3^ 

IVo.  140.   Explain  Dotted  Eighth  Notes. 


68 


The  Choeal  Union 


lSo.\4r'r.  SERENADE. 


1.  This  night  we  hold  our    rev  -  el  -  ry,  The  moon  shines  o'er    the  glass  -  y      sea;  So 

2.  The    myr-  tie  and  the    cy-  press  vine,The  pas  -  sion  flower,  the  sweet  wood-  bine,  To 


now,  in  martial  pride  you  see  Our  sports  of  chival-  ry  ;  Securely  locked  in  sleep's  entrance  No 
form  a  wreath  they  all  combine  To  deck  the  fairy  bower;  For  Oberon  is   our  fai-ry  King,His 


mortal  sees  our  midnight  dance;  Then  haste!  haste  to  yonder  bow'r,We'll  hail  the  happy  hour, 
birthright  rules  the  mys-tic  ring ;  Then  join,  join  the  festive  scene,We'll  hail  the  happy  hour. 


Fa  la  la  la,   li-ty,  O !  Fa  la  la  la,  li-ty,  O  !  Fa  la  la  la,,  li-ty,  0  !    Fa  la,  li-  ty,  O ! 


Fa  la  la  la,  li-ty,  O!   Fa  la  la  la,  li-ty,  O!   Fa  la  la  la,  li-ty,  O!    Fa  la,  li-ty,  O  ! 


Junior  Grade. 


69 


Pfo.  THE  SKY  IS  SO  BLUE 

Met.  ,^=.112=11' 


P.  Rankin  Holungsworth. 


2.   Be  -  yond    the  white  plains    on     the  banks    of     the  Rhine,  Shall  for  -  tune  and 


Ma  -    ry,    for      I       must    a  -  way.     With     heart  true  and    firm,    and  with 


in    my  hand,     I'll  take     up    my   jour  -  ney  to  a     far   dis-  tant  land. 


na  -  ture  is     gay ;    Fare-  well,    dear  -  est    Ma  -  ry,  for        I     must  a  -  way. 
Copyright,  1879,  by  Biglow  &  Main. 


No.  140.   STURGIS.  7s. 

HENRY  KiRKE  WhITR. 

Met.  J  =89=29}.  ' 


W.  H.  Burgett. 


mi 


1.  Chris-  tians,  breth  -  ren,   ere     we     part,    Ev'  -  ry     voice   and    ev'  -  ry  heart 


2.  Now     to     thee.   Thou  God    of    heav'n.  Be       e   -    ter  -  nal  glo  -  ry    giv'n ; 


Kj  *  *    *    »    ^  •  ■  *  It 

Join,  and      to      our    Fa  -  ther    raise  Our  last  hymn  of     grate-  ful  praise. 


Grate  -  ful     for     thy    love     di  -  \dne.  May   our  hearts  be       ev  -  er  thine. 


The  Choral  Union 


TVo.  ISO.  MINORITY. 


Explain  the  Key  of  B  Mince.  Omb. 


bj=j=j  ii„                  .  ,1  ,  1 



La  la  la  la 

la  si 

la  la  la  si  la. 

Mi  mi  mi  fa 

—        —  11 

r-J  --J  J            rJ        rz>  W 

mi    do  re  mi    mi  mi. 

Do  re  mi  fa 

^       (S*       •!     *  ^ 

mi    re     do  re  mi  re  do. 

Do  re  do  ti 

do    do       do    ti  re  do. 

H — ! — H — r-i — n 

La  la  la  ti 

do  ti 

~  1 

i_l  1 

la  ti  do  ti  la. 

La  si  la  la 

~n — 1 — ^ — 1 

la     la        la     si  la. 

La  ti  do  re  mi    mi     fa  fa  mi  mi  la.    La  ti  do  re    mi    fa       mi    mi  la. 


No„  ISl.   CORSICA.  7s. 


Rev.  Wm.  Bunting.  H.  R.  Palmer, 


2.  Oh,     be     mer  -  ci   -   ful     to     me,       Now  in     bit  -  ter  -  ness   for  Thee; 


Pres  -  ent,     tho'      I     mourn   a  -  part,      Lis  -  ten     to       a     wail  -  ing  heart. 


Fa  -  ther!   par  -  don     thro'  Thy   Son,     Sins    a  -  gainst  the    Spir  -  it  done. 


Junior  Grade. 


71 


IVo.  ISS.   Explain  Flat  Seven. 


]Vo-  Explain  Flat  Six. 


Do  sol  le    le  sol,  etc. 
3Vo.  Explain  Flat  Three. 


mm 


Do  re  me  me  re,  etc. 
]N"o.  ISS.    Explain  Flat  Five. 


Mi  sol  se  fa  mi  sol  se  fa  mi  mi  re,  etc. 
]N"o.  ISei.    Explain  the  Cheomatic  Scale,  Ascending  and  Descending. 


Do  di  re  ri  mi  fa  fi  sol  si  la  li  ti  do,     Do  ti  te  la  le  sol  se  fa  mi  me  re  ra  do. 


IVo.  ISr.  CHROMO 
All  voices  in  unison. 


Do  sol  re  fa  mi  do  re  fa  mi  do  re  fa  i 
Key  of  C.      Key  of  F.  Key  of  E  flat.    .      .       Key  of  D  flat. 


Key  of  B  flat.       .     ■  .       .       .     Key  of  A  flat. 


Key  of  F.  .  . 


TSTo.  l.«58. 

All  voices  in  unison. 


72 


The  Choral  Union 


IVo.  ISOo    DANFORTH.  7s. 

Explain  the  Key  of  F. 


— I  1  1- 


1.  IIo  -  Ij    Father,  hear  my   cry;   Ho  -  ly    Saviour,  bend  Thine  ear;      IIo  -  ly  Spir-it, 


:=!==] 


i 


2.  Fa  -  ther,  save  me  from  my   sin;    Saviour,    I    Thy  mer  -  cy  crave;    Gracious  Spir-it, 


:4 

3.  Fa -ther,  let   nio  taste  Thy  love;  Saviour,    fill   my  soul  with  peace;     Spir-it,  come  my 

s: 


•  * 

t  ^  - 

— 1  1 — 

q  :1 

-ff— — ^ — 

1  1 

— ^ — t — 1=— : 

No. 


leOo    BRIDGTON    6s  &  5s. 

Oraz. 


:=1— =1= 


1^ 


come  Thou  nigh ;  Father,  Sav  -  iour,  Spir-it,  hear  I 


I 


make  me  clean;   Father,  Son,  and  Spir-it,  save! 
-1  1  


heart  to  move;  Father,  Son,  and  Spir-it,  bless! 


1^ 


1.  Why  that  look  of    sad  -  ness? 


2.    Is   Thy  burdened  Spir  -  it" 


mil 


3.    Oh,  thou  heir  of   heav  -  en 
-I- 


mm 


— ^ — 

\ 

s 

Why  that  downcast 

eye? 

Can   no   tho't  of 

glad  -  ness 

Lift  Thy    soul  on 

i        1  1 

high? 

Ag  -  0  -  nized  for 

sin?  ' 

["hink  of     Je  -  sus' 

mer  -  it: 

-M      M      M  J 

He    can   make  thee 

clean. 

'  r  * 

 1 — 1 — 1 — 1 — 

Think  of   Je  -  sus' 

love,  T" 

 ^— ^  *— 

L  J.  ^ 

ST'hile  to    thee  is 

-|  1  

giv  -  en, 

r  P 

S=^-^"=E 

All    His  grace  to 

prove. 

1 

Junior  Grade„ 


73 


TVo.  IGl.    CELEBES.    6s  &  Ss. 

Words  tr,  by  Frances  Elizabeth  Cox. 

Met.  ^=60=39 J. 


1.  Oh    let     liiin,  wliose    sor  -  row    Ko      re  -  lief     can   find,       Trust    in    God  and 

2.  All    our    woe   and     sad  -  uess,  In      this  world    be  -  low,        Bal  -  ance  not  the 


S — :S— 


1.  Oh    let     him,  whose    sor  -  row    No     re  -  lief     can   find.       Trust    in    God  and 

2.  All    our    AToe   and      sad  -  uess.  In     this  world    be  -  low,       Bal  -  ance  not  the 


^^^^ 


bor  -  row,  Ease  for  heart  and  miud. 
glad-ness,  We   in '  heav'n      shall  know. 


bor  -  row  Ease  for  heart  and  mind, 

glad-uess  We    in  heav'n  shall  know 

  ^ 


]Vo.  leS.     LINA.     C.  M.         Frank  Hermans, 

Met.  J=:72=r26|. 


1.  There's  not  a  tint  that  paints  the  rose,  Or 


2.  There's  notastarwhosetwiukhnaliff-t.Sliines 


:t==t=:=t=3 
3.  A-rouud,  be-neath,  a  -  bove,  be-low, Wlier- 


m 


there. 

1 

*"     decks  the  lil  -  y    fair,  Or  str 
Jtk^ — qz=^__in_t=d  

eaks  the  humblest  flow'r  that  blows.  But 

God  has  placed  it 

on     the  dis-tant  ea 

rth.  And 

§=^-*--s-^3  

cheers  the  distant  gloom  of  night.  But 
=5—=^—.    _  =^    -    -  - 

God  has  giv'n  it 

--4-: 
oirth. 

ev  -  er  space  ex-te 

:p=*~3i    «    p    p   :«    p    r  <- 

nds.  There  He  displays  His  boundless  love,  And 

jow'r  with  mer-cy  blends. 

r-- 

74 


The  Choral  Union 


No.  163.    GARLAND.    8s  &  7s 

Thos  Hastings. 


Met.  ^'=88=181. 

1.  Geut  -  ly,  Lord!    0  gent  -  ly   lead  us,      Thro'   this  lone  -  ly  vale 


of  tears; 


-P— 


zm—--^: 


2.  When  tempta  -  tion's  darl 


sail    us,     When    in     de  -  vious  paths  we  stray 
f^=^s:^=^z 


:gz=J-:=i: 


Thro'     the  chang  -  es  Thou'st  de  -  creed  us,        Till     our   last  great  change  ap-pears. 


Let      Thy  good  -  ness  nev  -  er   fail    us,        Lead    us    in     Thy  per  -  feet  way. 


]Vo.  164.    YOUNGER.    6s  &  4s 


L  Low-ly  and  sol  -  emn  be  Tiiy  children's  cry  to  Thee,  Fa-ther  di  -  vine, 
2.  0      Fathe     in       that  hour,     Whenearthall  succoring  power,     Shalldis  -  a  -  vow. 


A  hymm  of  suppliant  breath.  Own-in^  that  life  and  death  A  -  lilce  are  Thine. 
When  spear,  and  shield,  and  crown.  In    faint-ucss   are    cast  down,  Sus  -  tain    us  Thou. 


1 — r 


Junior  Grade. 

IVo.  leS.   AROUSB  UP,  YE  SLEEPERS. 


75 


1.  A  -  rouse,    up,    ye     sleep  -  ers,    the    morn  -  ing    has    come.    The    sun    has  a 


i 


2.0     lose-    not    the    bright- est    of     morn  -  ing's  young  beams.  The    beau-ties  of 


wak  -  ened   the       in  -  sect's   soft    hum;       The     sheep   to    the       fields    go,  The 

^^^^ 


mm 


na  -    ture  are 


-er    than  dreamu;    Your  down  -  y     bed       leav  -  ing,  Go 


 ^ — -1 


-r— IS- 


men  to  the  mead  -  ow.  And  all  to  their  la  -  bor  till  day  -  light  grows  low. 
— »  ^  *-FJ  *  *-F*  m  i 


forth    till    the  eve  -  ning,  Its    fra-grant   air  breathes,  and  the    night-war  -  biers  sing. 


76 


The  Choral  Union 


IVo.  lOO.    BOATING  SONG. 


Words  and  Music  by  Oraz. 


=1— t « — «i' — m  1— 

— 1» — «y  m  m  


1.  Light-ly  our  boat  is  now  glid-ing  a  -  long,  glid-ing  a  -  long,  glid-ing  a  -  long; 
D.c. — For  -  ests  and  meadows  are  pass-ing    be  -  hind,   pass-ing    be -hind,     pass-ing  be-hind; 


:p=p: 


2.  Swift-ly  we  dash  thro'  the  beau  -  ti  -  ful  spray,  beau-ti  -  ful  spray,  beau-ti  -  ful  spray; 
D.c. — Pull   a  -  way  mer-ri-  ly,  bend   to   the  oar,     bend  to   the  oar,      bend  to   the  oar; 


^^8— — w» — ig» — ^ — — — ^ — — I  F* — * — * — *  F^- 


Stout-ly  we're  row-ing  in  time  with  our  song,  Kow  -  ing  in  time  with  our  song. 
O  -  dors  so    sweet-Iv   are  borne  on  the  wind,     0   -  dors    are  borne  on     the  wind. 


While  the  bright  moments  are  passing  a  -  way,  Pleas-ant  -  ly  pass  -  ing  a  -  way. 
Leav  -  ing  far   dis  -  tant  our  home  on  the  shore,    Leav-ing    our    home  on     the  shore. 


' — ^ — ^— — ^- 


-n-  -^sj — .         ^  -;^ 

 i  i  — « — m — «i — 

«  N    -1  n 

1 1 

1 

^> 

rp_ 

> 

{PA- — m  «  m  * — «»  *~ 

■^4^  40  IV  

See  Avhere  the  wa  -  ter  -  flies 

jlay-ful 

-  ly  dance. 

— •     • — m  

olay-ful  -  ly  dance, 

3= 

jlay- 

ful- 

ly  dance, 

i^fe—* — p — m — m — p — p— 

»=-^ 

=^^P_=i-: 

^■^f-     a     a                  u          1 1>     i>  w 

Joy  -  ous  the  strain  which  we 

gai  -  ly 

pro-long. 

gai  -  ly  pro  -  long, 

gai  - 

ly 

pro-long ; 

=^-=^  =1^  ^^-^  ^- 

t-^ 

— I"*- 

fc  r,  ^.       &  9  P  P  P_ 

— ^- 

-p— 

-p- 

A — K — > — ^ — — ^- 


p.c. 


Flit  -  ting  and   ming  -  ling    in   sun  -  shin  -  y  glance,   Flit -ting  in  sun  -  shin  -  y  glance. 

D.c. 


— "  "  i»» — ^ — ^' 

Hill  -  side   and  Yal  -  ley     re  -  ech  -  o     the  song,    Sweet-ly    re  -  ech  -  o   the  song. 


No.  l&T.    SOME  FOLKS, 
mf  Lively. 


Junior  Grade, 

(College  Song). 
X  >»— 


77 


Words  and  Music  by  Stephen  C.  Fostkb. 


1.  Some  folks   like     to  sigh— 
t.  Some  folks   fear     to  smile- 
mf 


Some  folks  do,  Somi  folks  do;  Some  folks  long  to 
Some  folks    do,  Some  folks    do;  0th  -  e;s    L.uo;h  thro' 





3.  Some  folks  fret    and  scold- 

4.  Some  folks   get    grey  hairs- 
mf 


Some  folks  do,  Some  folks  do;  0th-  er's  hearts  are 
Some  folks    do,  Some  folks    do;  Brood-ing    o'er  their 


Chorus. 
^.i  


'5  Ji- 


die.  But  that's  not  me 
guile,      But  that's  not  me 


nor  you.  Long  live  the  mer-ry,  mer-ry  heart  That 
nor  you. 


:q-p: 


 , 


cold.  But  that's  not  me 
cares.      But  that's  not  me 


nor  you.  Long  live  the  mer-ry,  mer -ry  heart  That 
nor  you. 


3^ 


laughs  by  night  and    day.    Like  the  queen  of   mirth,  No    mat-ter  whatf 


folks  i 


—  =;«i==i»i 


11 


laughs  by  night  and    day,   Like  the  queen  of   mirth,  No    mat- ter  what  some  folks  say. 


78 


The  Choral  Union 


IVo.  16S.    SUMMER'S  HERE. 


Words  and  Music  by  Or 


► — — • — 


1.  Summer's    here,     Summer's   here,    Hap  -  py    birds  are    sing  -  lug.     Loud  and  clear, 


::3M=qV: 


2.  Chat-ter     on,     Chat-ter     on,     Mer  -  ry     ht  -  tie    stream-let,      Gush    a  -  long. 


ill 


S — K — — ^s-. 


Loud  and  clear,  Free  from  ev  -  ery  care.       Now  appear,  Now  appear,    Sweetest  flowers 


i 


Gush  a  -  long,   on   thy  sparkling  way.       Bringing  cheer.  Bringing  clieer.  To  each  lit  -  tie 


:t2— 12— ^=t2= 


 =^5  ^^=N- 

*    ^    *    *  1 

-=15 — 

-P  5  

*  •  «  ■ 

springing,     And  the     geu  -  tie    breez  -  es    waft  their    fragrance  'thro'  the  air. 


floweret,      As     it     lifts    its      ti  -   ny    head  and   greets  this    sum  -  mer  day. 


Junior  Grade. 


TVo.  lOO.    MONK.    L.  M. 

Rev.  John  Keble. 


Peter  Ritter,  1792.   Arr.  by  H.  R.  P, 


1.  Sun     of     my    soul,  Tliou  Sav-iour  dear,    It       is     not    night  if   Tiiou  art  near: 

2.  When  tiie    soft    dews  of     kind-ly    sleep,    My    wear-ied     eye  -  lids  gent  -  ly  steep. 


ii 


-m     m  m 

3.  Watch  by    tlie    sick;   en  -  rich  the  poor    With  bless-ings    from  Tiiy  boundless  store; 

4.  Come  near  and    bless   us     when  we  wake,  Ere  through  tlie  world  our  way    we  take; 


1 


Oh,    may     no  earth-born  cloud    a  -  rise.       To    hide  Thee  from  Thy  ser  -  vant's  eyes. 
Be     my     last  tho't — how  sweet  to    rest.      For  -  ev  -   er     on    my    Sav  -  iour's  breast. 


1 


Be  ev  -  ery  mourner's  sleep  to  -  night.  Like  in  -  fant  slumbers,  pure  and  light. 
Till  in  the  o  -  cean  of  Thy  love.  We  lose  our  -  selves  in  lieav'n  a  -  bove. 
-r  m  m-r^  j-c  r  ^  !-r-=^  r-.-i-i-r  


TVo.  Vro.   PRAISE  TO  GOD. 


C.  C.  Williams,  by  par. 


i 


mm 


1.  Praise   to      God    im  -  mor  -  tal     praise.    For     the   love    that  crowns   our  days. 

m 


i 


2.  Clouds  that    drop   re  -  fresh  -  ing    dews;     Suns    that  ge  -  uial     heat     dif  -  fuse; 


1 


3.  These,  great  God,   to    Thee,   we     owe,     Source  whence  all  our     bless  -  ings  flow. 


m 


80  The  Choral  Union 

PRAISE  TO  GOD.  Concluded. 


Bounteous  source    of     ev'  -    ery     joy,      Let     Thy  praise    our  tougues  em  -  ploy. 


Flocks  that  whit  -   en     all       the    plain;    Yel  -  low  sheaves   of     rip    -  eu'd  grain. 
J  ^-^^^ 


i 


And     for  these    our    souls      hall  raise,    Grate -ful    vows    and     sol    -  emn  praise. 


:=1= 


iiH 


1*^1.    Explain  the  Key  of  D  Minor. 


La, 


ti,  ti,   do,  la,  etc. 


Mzrjz 


La,  la,  la,  la,    k,   la,   si,  etc. 


zMzzMz:rMZ±jc±=^z 


z-^-zi-. 
zMzi^zz 


Do,  do,  re,  re,   mi,  do,  etc. 


La,  la,  la,  la,    la,   la,   mi,  etc. 


ISo.  l^S.   THOU,  WHO  ART  SO  HOLY. 


From  E.  J.  Hopkins. 


*  1  ThouWhoartso   ho  -  ly.  Heaven's  Almighty  King,Thouwiltstooptolisten,WhenThypraisewes 


i 


:r=:p:ff=2: 


zzizzzi--z 


mzi:^: 


Junior  Grade. 


81 


3Vo.  1^3.    LUSANNE.    6s  &  Ss. 

Explain  the  Key  op  B  Flat. 


1.   Now  the  day  is    o-ver,  Night  is  drawing  nigh;  Shadows  of  the  evening  Stealacross  the  sky. 


2.   Give,  oh  givetlie  weaiy  Cahnandsweetrepose;"Withthy  tenderest  bkssiug  May  our  eyehds  close, 

tl^-  ^  r^- 


r-l   ^ — j— t- 

1  1  — i  r 

^  ^  1  -i- 

3.  When  the  morning  wakens,  Then  naay  we  a  -  rise,  Pure,andfresh,andsiuless,  In  Thy  ho  -  ly  eyes. 


J  ^- 


TSTo.  ir^.   THE  MELLOW  EVE. 


1.  The     mel  -  low    eve       is      glid  -  in^ 


Se 


down   the  Avest. 


^4: 


A— Ml 


2.  The     eve  -  ning  star     has     hght  -  ed 


Her    crys  -  tal    lamp    on  high; 


So,      ev  -  'ry     care    sub  -  sid  -  ing,      My     soul  would    sink     to  rest. 


So,  when  in  death  be  -  night  -  ed,  May  hope  il  -  lume  the  sky, 
^^^^^ 


82 


The  Choral  Union 


Noo  ITS.   ST-  CATHERINES.    H.  M.  & 


IViiA  energy. 


1       1.  Ye  1] 

ouudless  realms  of 

joy,  Ex 

^    ^     •  * 

-  alt  your  Maker's 

-  -J  3" 
fame-  His 

2.  Let 

:a    K  J — _|- 

them  a  -  dore  the 

uord,  And 

praise  His  ho  -  ly 

name.  By 

whose  al  -  might  -  y 

3.  His 

E*  *  ^  ^ 

cho  -  sen  saints  to  \. 

^race,  He 

sets  them  up  on 

r  r  r  r 

high;  And 

^— 
fa  -  vor's    Is  -  raei's 

-  ^    h-    h-  r 

ploy,    A  -  bove  the    star  -  ry  frame:  Your  voic  -  es 


raise:    Ye  cher  -  u 


word,  They  all    from  noth  -  ing  came;  And  all 


sliall 


last,    From  chang  -  i 


race,    Who  still    to    Him    are  nigh:    0    there  -  fore        raise    Your  grate  -  ful 


i 


bim,       Ye       cher  -  u  -  bim    And     ser   -  a  -  phim.    To       sing       Hu  praise. 


free. 


From    chang-es    free,    His     firm     de  -  cree    Stands  ev    -    -  er  fast. 


voice.     Your    grate  -  ful  voice,  And     still    re  -  joice     The  Lord 


praise. 


Junior  Grade.  83 

No.  ire.   THE  UNIVERSAL  KING.    S.  M. 

W.  A.  Laffert%. 


«-»-^-»4p-"-f-  f -r-r-r- 

1.  Come,soundHispraiseab 
-^rbn-  r  7  

road,  And 

lymnsof  glo-ry 

 1  1  1  

sing;  Je  -  ho-vah  is  thes 

ov'reiguGod,The 

dnotourovvn,He 

rr^        9     9    w         "                      9  9 

2.  Come,  worship  at  His  throne,  Come,bow  before  the  Lord;  We  are  Hisworks,an 

u                                                               I          .1              1,1.1  1  A             ,..                          -  . 

3.   To-day  at-tendHisi 

roice,  Nor 

Jare  provoke  His 

rod;  Come 

L,-     L_     1_  ^_ 

,liketliepeopleo1 

Hischoice,Aud 

3Vo.  irr.    INVITATION.    3s  &  6s.  H. 


ni  -  ver  -  sal  Kius?. 


i 


form'd  us     by     His  word. 


own  your    gra  -  cious  God. 


-3  '^-^  ;d  ^ — * 

-jgl  I  9  ^ 


1.  Sin  -  ner     come,     'Mid   thy  gloom, 


A  1- 


2.  Sin  -  uer     come,     'Ere   tliy  doom 


1 — 1  1 — 

1 — — 1 — 1 — 

1 — — — 1 — i — 

All  thy  guilt  con- 

fess  -  ing;  Tr 

embling  now. 

Contrite  bow,  ' 

'ake  tlie  offer'd 

bless  -  ing. 

^     •     *  * 

 *-i 

S   ^  a, 

Shall  be  seal'd  for 

ev  -  er; 

-^—^ 

Vow  re-turn,  G 

~n  n — ^' 

rieve  and  mourn 

Flee  to  Christ  th( 

:-=e-p-s- 

3  Sav  -  iour. 

84 


The  Choral  Union 


]Vo,  IVS.   LEASON.  7s. 


H.  H.  McGranaham. 


'IIP 


1.  Praise  the  Lord  from  heavens  high;  PraiseHimin  the  loft-y    sky;  Praise  Him,  all  yean -gelsbrightj 
bi,-—  ^  .  . 


2.  Kings  and  men  of  humble  birth;  Prin-ces,  judg-es   of  the  earth ;  Youthful  men  and  maidens  all, 


3.  Let  them  praise  with  one  consent,  For  His  name  is  ex  -  eel  -  lent;  Praise  Him  all  with  one  ac-cord; 


Praise  Him  all    ye    hosts  of  light. 


ged    men  and  chil  -  dren  small. 


Hal  -  le  -    lu  -  jah,  praise  the  Lord. 


ISTo.  iro.    MARY.  7s. 

Mrs.  AnnaL.  Bakbauld.  Martha  A.  Clark. 


-^^^ 

1.  Come,  said  Je  -  sus' 
-/)-l>^  .-  

sa  -  cred  voice,  Come,  and 

— -d-i-T- 

2.  Thou,  who.l 

lomeless,. 

ole,  for  - 

lorn. 

Long  hast 

make  my  paths  your  choice;  I   will  guide  you  to  your  home,  Wea-ry    pil  -  grim,  hith-er  come. 


i 


m 


bornetlieproudworld'sscoru,  Long  hastroam'd this  barren  waste,  Wea-ry    pil  -  ^rim,  hith-er  haste. 


Copyrijkl.  I87»,  \ij  H.  B.  r>lB«r. 


JuxioR  Grade. 


85 


Tfo.  ISO.    COME,  LET  US  TAKE  A  HOLIDAY. 

Air.  by  H.  R.  P.  from  a  song  heard  in  Germany. 


-Az 


:qs=5:r!r:p. 


,  K  Come,  let  us  take  a  liol  -  i  -  day!  Fa  la  la  la, 
■  (  Throw  all    your  tire  -  some  tasks  a  -  way,  Fa     la    la  la, 


la  la 


2  j  We'll  gath  -  er  round  the  trystiug  tree,  Fa  la  la  la, 
■  1  And     join    in  mirth  and   miu-strel  -  sy, 


join 


sy,     Fa     la  la 


Fa     la  la 

:=1= 


i 


We'll  sport  beneath  the  summer  skies,  Fa  la  la  la, 
The     fleet  -  est    foot  shall  win  the  prize,  Fa     la    la  la, 


Fa  la 


]32 


la   la   la,     Fa  la  la   la,  Fa  la   la,    Fa     la  la 


1— 

la   la,    Fa  la   la   la  la. 


la   la,     Fa  la  la   la,  Fa  la   la,  Fa 


la   la  la 


la.    Fa  la 


la  la. 


la  la 


Fa  la  la  la.  Fa  la   la,  Fa 


la   la    la   la   la,    Fa  la   la   la  la 


— ti»—^— — ^— ^— 


-Ii>>— ^— b^- 


IVo-  1^1.    Explain  Teiplets. 


La  la  la    la     la    la  la  la  la    la    la   la   la  la  la     la  la   la    la  la  la     la  la  la. 

^v-^v-,»,-.-i — ,  rr 


La  la  la    la    la    la  la  la  la    la    la  la 


la  la  la     la  la  la    la  la  la     la  la  la. 


— ^v-,>— — I  ,  =Fi— I — I  1  ^»«— iV- — I — 1 — I  s-^s-^s-^  .  


La  la  la    la    la    Ja  la  la  la    la    la   la   la  la 


la  la  la    la  la  la 


!a  la. 


mi 


56  The  Choral  Union 

Wo.  THE  SLEIGH  RIDE. 


-Az 


1.   Mer-ri-ly  oa    we  go,    Over  the  flee  -  cy  snow,Merri-Iy   O!        Mer-ri-ly  O! 


2.  Shouting  in  mirthful  glee,  Joyous  and  glad  are  we,  Mer-ri- ly  O!        Mer-ri-ly  O! 


 *  ,  * — — I  — 


I 


Swiftly  we  glide  a- long,Buoyant  with  laugh  and  song,Merrily  O! 


mer-ri-ly  O! 


-1—1- 


Filling  the  air  with  song,Bounding  so  gai-ly    on,  Mer-ri-ly  O! 


mer-ri-  ly  O! 


\  Cheerful  our  song  to-night,Merry  our  hearts  and  light,Sorrow  may  take  its  flight,Merrily  O!  ) 
(  Swift  as  the  shadows  glide  0-ver  the  snow  we  ride,Caring  for  naught  beside,MerriIy    O!  | 


zz^!^. 


^11 


Cheerful  our  song  to-night,Merry  our  hearts  and  light,Sorrow  may  take  its  flight,Merrily  O! 
Swift  as  the  shadows  glide  0-ver  the  snow  we  ride.Caring  for  naught  beside,Merrily  O ! 


:P:ip-*;^?— P: 


J'jNiOR  Grade. 


87 


THE  SLEIGH  RIDE.— Concluded. 

This  movement  may  be  accompanied  by  sleigh  bells. 


:l-r^5z=^==^::- 


m 


Mer-ri-ly  on 


go, 


Over  the  flee 


snow,     Mer-ri-  ly 


Steeds  are  prancing,  Joy  en-  hanc-ing.  Bells  are  ring-ing,  Hear  the  sing-  ing, 


Steeds  are  prancing,  Joy  en-  hanc-ing,  Bells  are  ring-ing,  Hear  the  sing-  ing. 


Hear  the  merry,mer-ry  singing — O  what  wild  delight 
— — N — N — I- 


Stars  above  us  brightly  gleaming, 


Hear  the  merry ,mer-ry  singing — O  what  wild  delight !         Stars  above  us  brightly  gleaming. 


1 


laugh     and      song,    Merri-ly  O ! 


merrily   O ! 


And  with  sparkling  eyes  are  seeming  To  en-  joy  this  happy  meeting  With  us  friends  ihi^  night, 

-J. 


And  with  sparkling  eyes  are  seeming  To  en-  joy  this  happy  meeting  With  us  friends  this  night 


68 


The  Choral  Union 


lVo.l»3,   THE  KING  AND  THE  MILLER. 

Alexander  Mackemzib. 


Frank  Forbst, 




1.  There  dwelt  a  mil  -  ler,  hale  and  bold,  Be-side  the  riv  -  er  Dee;  He  worked  and  sang  from 
•3."Thou'rtwrong,niyfriend,"saidold  khigHal/'As  wrong  as  wrong  can  be;  For  could  my  heart  be 

m 


ri 


S3 


31; 


3.  The  miller  smiled  and  doffed  his  cap — "I  earn  my  bread,"  qnoth  he;  "I     love  my  wife,  I 

4.  "Good friend," said  Hal,andsighedthewhile,"Parewell,andhappy  be;    But  say  no  more,  if 


raorn 
light 


till  night, 
as  thine, 


No  lark  raoreblithethan  he;  And  tliis  the  bur  -  den  of  his  song 
I'd  glad  -  ly  change  with  thee.    And  tell  me  now,  what  makes  thee  sing 


For  - 
With 


love 
tiiou'i 


my  friend, 
ist  be  true, 


I  love  my  children  three.  I  owe  no  one  I  can  -  not  pay, 
That  no  one  eu  -  vies   thee;     Thy  meal  -  y  cap    is  worth  my  crown; 


Thy 


=:=S=:q=rqv: 


r-l  r-i  *«-^  

 ^-^ —  *-fc,- 

 1 

\ 

er  -  er  used  to 
voice  so  loud  and 

be;  "I 
free,  While 

en  -  vy  no  one — no,    not  I!   And  no  one  envies  me!" 
t    am  sad,  tho'  I'm  the  King,  Be  -  side  the  riv  -er  Dee?'' 

-J  -Js 

r        "       -J  IV-r-J  w           iVr-"    -<  r 

1 

thank  the  riv  -  er 
mill  my  kingdom's 

Dee,  That  t 
fee.    Such  e 

urns  the  mill  that 
aen  as  thou  are  Ei 

 ^  -r^  

jrinds  thecorn  To  feedmy  babes  an 
gland's  boast,  0  mil  -  ler  of  the 

d  me!'' 
Dee!" 

'm 

Junior  Grade. 


89 


STARS  OF  THE  SUMMER  NIGHT. 

Hbnbt  W.  Longfellow.  QUARTET  FOR  MALE  VOICES.' 

1st.  Tenor,  Sloza  and  Gentle. 


Isaac  Bakbb  Woodbust. 


r 

1.  Stars  of  the  sum  -  mer  night !  Far 
2d.  Tenor. 


in    yon      a  -  zure  deeps,  Hide,  hide  your 


2.  Moon     of    the   sum  -  mer  night !  Far  down  yon  west  -  ern  steeps,  Sink,  sink  in 

3.  Wind  of  the  sum  -  mer  night !  Where  yon-  der  wood-bine  creeps,Fold,  fold  your 
1st.  Bass. 


4.  Dreams  of  the  sum  -  mer  night !  Tell  her,  her  lov  -  er  keeps  Watch,  while  in 
2d.  Bass. 


— r- 


:— t=t=t=: 


gold  -  en  light ;  She  sleeps,  my  la -dy  sleeps!     She  sleeps!   she  sleeps !  my  la  -  dy  sleeps  ! 

 1  l-r-^  S  1— 


m 


si  -  lent  light ;  She  sleeps,  my  la  -  dy  sleeps  !  She  sleeps  !  she  sleeps !  my  la  -  dy  sleeps  ! 
pin-ions  light ;  She  sleeps,  my  la  -  dy  sleeps  !      She  sleeps  !  she  sleeps  I  my  la  -  dy  sleeps  ! 


Fit.  Molto. 


slumbers  light  She  sleeps!  my  la  -  dy  sleeps  !     She  sleeps  !  she  sleeps  \  my  la  -  dy  sleeps ! 


?<fo.  THY  WAY,  NOT  MINE. 

Explain  the  KEY  OF  G  MINOE. 


1.  Thy  way,  not  mine,  O  Lord,  How-ev-er  dark  it  be!  Lead  me  by  Thiaeownhand;Chooseoutmy  path  forme. 


en 


2.  I  dare  not  choose  my  lot;  I  -would  not,  if  I  might;  Choose  Thon  for  me,  my  God,  So  shall  I  walk  a  -  right. 


11^-- 


S.Choose  Thou  forme  my  fmnds.  My  sickness  or  my  health;  Choose  Thoa  my  cares  for  me,  My  poverty  or  wealth. 


•  When  this  -plo^ri  ^1  performed  bv  mixed  voices,  it  sliould  be  taken  in  C,or  D&,  Sopranos  singing  1st.  Tenor,  A1U» 
ad.  Tenor,  rdincxiiteri.if;  that  tiiese  parts  are  written  witb  the  Tenor  Clef. 


90 


The  Choral  Ijnion 


ISTo.  1831.    LOI  THE  DAY  OF  REST  DECLINETH, 

Explain  the  Key  of  B.    Also  that  the  Key  or  B  is  represented  ecactly  like  the  Ket  of  B  Fiat. 

W-  A.  Laffeety. 


mm 


1.       Lo!  the  day  of  rest  dc- cliiieth,  Gathers  fast  the  shades  of  night;  May  the  Sun  which 


A  1- 


2.  While  Thine  ear  of  love  addrc-sKing,  Thus  our  part-iiig  hymn  we  sing,  Father.  greatThine 


ISo.  ISO,    SOVEREIGN  RULER  OF  THE  SKIES. 

H. 


i 


CT-ershineth,  Fill  our  souls  with  heavenly  liglit. 


-I — 1- 


i 


evening  blessingjFold  us  safe  beneath  Thy  wing. 


1.  SovereiguRul-er      of   tlie  skies, 


2.  Timesof  sick-ness.  times  of  health; 


3.  O  Thou  Gracious,Wise,and  Just, 


■a 


Ev-er  gra-cious,  ev-er  wise,  All  my  times  are  iu  Thy  hand.  All  events    at  Tliy  command. 


Timesof  pen-  u  -  ry  and  wealth;  Times  of  tri  -  al  and  of  grief;  Timesof  triumph  and  re-lief;— 

1— 


:J=:ff 


zT-^-- 


zj^zzj: 


1 


In  Thy  hands  my  life  I  trust;  Have  I  somewhat  dearer  still?  I    re-sign  it    to  Thy  will 

m 


r.^zzzzm 


Junior  Grade, 
no.  isr.  heavenly  father,  sovereign  lord. 

Explain  the  Key  of  Ejz. 


91 


z:^—zr- 


1.  Heavenly  Father,  sovereign  Lord,  Be  Thy  glorious  name  adored'  Lord,Thy  mercies  never  fail; 


3^ 


z^-r=rz 


-t — r- 

2.  Tho'  un  -  worth-y,  Lord,Thineear,Deignourhumblesongstohear;Purerpraisewehopetobring, 


:m—^—mz 


Hail,  ce  -  lestial  goodness,  hail! 


zii-JzzM-tii: 


zM~r 


i 


When  around  Thy  throne  we  sinj 


]Vo.  1^**.    BY  COOL  SILOAM'S  SHADY  RILL 

F.  HUNTEN, 


1.  By   cool  Si  -  lo  -  ara's  shad-y    rill,  How  fair  the 


z^zzssz 


■|  r 


2.  And  such  the  child  whose  early  feet.  The  path  of 
1^4zt:-Et==t:=E^~t=Et:-t=:E^=| 


I 


111  -  y  grows!  How  sweet  the  breath  beneath  the  hill,     Of-  Sha-ron's     dew  -  y  rose. 


,  ^1  ^  ^1  ^  U^.  ^  ^  .  1  

peace  have  trod;  Whose  secret  heart  with  in  -  fluence  sweet,  Is  up  -  ward  drawn  to  God. 

f=2  


92  The  Choral  Union 

^•fo.  189.  children  of  the  heavenly  king. 

A- 


1.  Chil-di'ca    of   the  heav'nly  King,Aswe journeysweetlysing; SingyourSaviour'sworthypraise, 


IS: 


2.  We    are  trav'Ung  home  to  God,  In  the  way  the  fathers  trod:  They  are  happy  now,  and 

4— ^- 


3.  Onward,  then,  we  glad- ly  press  Thro' this  earthly  wilderness;  Ou-ly,  Lord, our  leader  be. 


±4: 


1 


IVo.  lOO.    SAVIOUR  BREATHE  AN  EVENING  BLESING. 


Glorious  in  His  works  and  wavs. 


Soon  their  happiness  shalls 


And  we  still  will  follow  Thee, 


1.  Saviour  ,breathean  evening  lilcssing,  Ere  re-pose  our 


2.  Tho'  destruction  walk  around  us,  Tho'  the  ar  -  rows 


eye  -  lids  seal;   Sin  and  want  we  come  con-fess- ing.  Thou  canst  save,  and  Thou  canst  heal. 


5*: 


past    us    fly,     An- gelguardsfromTheesurround  us.  We   are    safe  if    Thou  art  nigh. 


Junior  Grade. 


93 


IVo.  lOl.    ALLEN.  7s. 


W.  A.  Laffertx. 


1.  Prince  of  Peace,  control  my  will,  Bid  this  struggling  heart  bestiil;  Bid  my  fears  and  doubting  cease,- 


2.  Thouhastboughtme  with  Thy  blood,  Open'dwidethegate  of  God;  Peace  I  ask — butpeacemust  be. 


3- 


3.  MayThy  will,notniine  be  done;  MayTliy  will  and  minebeoue;  Chase thesedoubtingsfrommy heart, 


Hush  my  spir  -  it    in  -  to  peace. 


Lord,  in  be  -  ing  one  with  Thee. 


Now  Thy  per -feet peace im  -part. 


No.  10S2.    RUSHFORD.    8s  &  7s. 

May  be  sung  as  a  Duet.  H. 

.  ^t.  «. — 


^3 


L  Si  -  lent  -  ly    the  sliades  of    eve-ning  Gather 


;3E 


 a:_L^  


-|  


2.  Oh!  the  lost,  the  uu  -  for  -  got- ten,  Tho'  the 


round  my  lone  -  ly  door;  Si-lent-ly  theybringbe-foreme   Faces    I  shall  see  no 


world  be  oft    for  -  got;  Ohl       sliroudec  and  the  lonely.  In  our  hearts  they  perish  not. 


94  The  Choral  Union 

TVo.  103.    THE  LORD'S  PRAYER.  Adapted  by  H.  R.  p. 

Explain  Chanting. 


# — ^ — 

j 

Our  Father  who  art.  in  heaven, 

hallowed  be  Thy 

name 

Thy  kingdom  come,  Thy 

will  be  done  on 

sarth  as  i 

■■^-^ 

is  in 

heaven 

\ 

bread, 

And  lorgiv  us  our  tres- 
passes as  we  forgive  i 

aemthatti 

espass  a-g 

1  1  !- 

- 

ainstuE 

--^  =^= 

And  lead  us  not  into  tempta-  For  Thine  is  the  kingdom,  and 

tion,  but  deliver  us    from  evil;      the  power,  and  the  glory, for-ever and  ever.  A- mm 


IVo.  104.    HASTE,  TRAVELER,  HASTE. 


Adapted  by  W.  Ludden. 


T             -g-             -  -                          I  — 

1.  Haste,  traveler,  haste!  The  aiglit  comes  The  storm  is  gather- 
on,  and  many  a  ing  in  iche  west,  And 

shining  hour  is  gone ;                       ihou  art  far  from  home  and  rest. 


2.  Haste,  traveler,  haste!  The  rising  tempest  The  waters  swell,  and 

sweeps  the  sky.  The  death  and  fear  Beset 

rains  descend,  the  winds  are  high;  thy  path — no   re  -  fuge  near. 


i 


3.  Haste,  traveler,  |  haste!  |  Oyes,  a  shelter  yon  may  gain — A  covert  from  the  |  wind  and  |  rain,  ||  A  hiding  place, 

a  r^st,  a  home,  A  refuge  |  from  the  |  wrath  to  |  come. 

4.  Haste,  traveler,  |  haste!  |  Then  linger  not  in  all  the  plain.  Flee  for  thy  life,  the  |  mountain  |  gain;  ||  Loolj 

not  behind,  make  no  delay,  O  speed  thee,  |  speed  thee  |  on  thy  |  way. 

End  by  singing  first  two  measures. 


TSfo.lOS.    THE  LORD  IS  MY  SHEPHERD. 


1.  The  Lord  ia  my  shepherd ;  I  shall  not  want. 


-s?  ■  

He  maketh  me  to  lie 
down  in  green  pas- 
tures: Heleadethme 
be- 


:5 


Still—  watera. 


2.  He  restor^-th  my  soul:  He  leadelh  me  in  the  paths  of  righteousness  for  His  I  name's  sake.  l[  Yea,  though  I 

walk  through  the  valley  of  the  shadow  of  death,  I  will  fear  no  evil:  For  Thou  art  with  me;  Thy  rod  and 
Thy  I  staff  they  |  comfort  |  me.  [ 

3.  Thou  preparest  a  table  before  me  in  the  presence  of  mine  enemies 
ip  ruu-neth  over.  ||  Surely  goodness  and  mercy  '   "  " "  " 

the  1  house  of  the  |  Lord  for  -  |  ever.  1 1  A\nt)x. 


Thou  auointest  my  head  with  oil;  my  J 
cup  ruu-neth  over.  1 1  Surely  goodness'  and  mercy  shall  follow  me  all  the  days  of  my  life:  And  I  will  dwell 


Junior  Grade. 


95 


IVo.  ise.  REDEEMING  LOVE.  7s. 
VVjd.  Langford  3.  D. 


Arr.  from  GiucK.by  H.  R.  P. 


1.  Now  be -gin  the  heav'nly theme, Sing a-loud  in     Jesus' name;  Ye, who  His  sal- va-tion  prove, 

2.  Mourningsouls,dryupyourtears;  Banish  all  your  guilty  fears;  See  your  guilt  and  cares  remove,  ( 


■I — !- 

3.  Welcome  all,  by  sin  op  -  prest,  Welcome  to  His  sacred  rest;Nothingbro'tHimfrom»-boye, 

4.  Hither,  then,  your  mu-sic  bring,  Strikea-loudeachcheerfulstringzMortals  join  the  host  a  -  bove. 


Copyrigb 

,  1879,  by  H.  R.  P»lmtr. 

U-t — 1 — 

Tri-umph  in  re  -  deeming  love. 
Cancell'd  by  re- deeming  love. 


1 


 1 — r 

Nothing  but  re- deeming  love. 
Join  topraise  re- deeming  love. 


IVo.  lOr.    FAIRVIEW.  7s. 


Frank  Forest. 


1.   To  Thy  pastures  fairandlarge,neav'nly  Shepherd! 


2.   When  I  faintwithsumm;  r'sheat,Thoushaltguidemy 

^--^  1  1  *^-H«^-r-^  1  1-,-- 1- 


::ij=^=::3-J: 


3,   Safe  the  dreary    vale  I  tread,  By  the  shades  of 


lead  Thy  charge;  And  my  couch,  with  tender  st  care,  Midst  the  springing  gi'ass  pre  -  pare. 


wea-ry  feet      To   the  streams,  that,  still  and  slow.  Thro'  the  ver  -  dant  meadows  flow. 


o'er-spread;  With  Tliy  rod   and  staff  sup  -  plied,  This  my  guard — and  that  my  guide. 


:p=:::p=3=: 


96 


The  Choral  Union 


INTO.  lOS.   LIST,  THje  SONG. 

Explain  the  Key  of  C  Minor. 


Words  and  Music  by  H.  R.  PiaMKR, 


j  1.  List  th. 


Mournful 


Its  sad  notes  steal  a  -  loug;  Hark!  the  strain,       Comes  a  - 


2.  All    a -lone;  Loved  ones  gone;      Life'sfondesthopes  o'erthrowu;  Dark  the  way; 


Not 


But  a-rise, 


Lift  thine  eyes,  Behold  how  bright  the  skies ; 


ISTo.  lOO.    GRATITUDE.    L.  M, 

he 
i  0 


Explain  the  Key  of  E.  Also  that  it  is  represented  exactly  lika 
the  Key  of  E  Flat.  ~ 


It    tells  its  tale  of  woe  and  pain. 


ray  Can  pen  -  e-trate  this  deep  dismay. 

^tt^:  ' 


Never  fear,  He  will  the  broken-hearted  cheer. 


RcT.  P  -  A.  I  -  D.  BosT, 


I 


1.  How  blest  the  sa  -  cred  tierthat  binds,  In 

2.  To     each  the  soul  of  each  how  dear !  What 


3.  Their  streaming  tears  to-geth-er    flow.  For 

4.  Nor    shall  the  glowing  flame  ex  -pire  'Mid 


3se  hearts  and  faith  and  hopes  are  onel 
He  from  earth  and  cleanse  from  sin. 

union  sweet, 
jealous  care, 

according  minds!  How  swift  theheav'nly  course  they  run,  Wh 
what  ho  -  ly  fear!  How  doth  the  generous  flame  with-in,  Eefl 

^        ^       -c^-        ^                                    ^                       "af"  ■2=^- 

:^*zSz 

hu  -  man  guilt  and  hu-man  woe;  Their  ardent pray'rsu-nit-ed 
nature's  drooping,  sickeningfire:  Soon  shall  ^ey  meet  in  realms 

^ — —  ^ 

rise.  Like  mingling  flames  in  Kac  -ri  -  fice. 
above,  Aheavenof  joy,  because  of  love. 

—I — ^- 

:?2zz:«: 

:^-:»z 

Junior  Grade. 


97 


No.  SOO.    O  SACRED  HEAD,  NOW  WOUNDED. 

Bernard  of  Clairvaux,  1100. 
Tr.  by  J.  W.  Alexander,  1829. 


i 


::J=:J-:i=3 


1.  0       sacred  Head, nowwounded, Withgrief  andshameweigbeddowu,Nowscoruful  -  ly   sur - 

2.  WhatThoii,niy  Lord, hastsuffered  Was    all  for   sin  -  uers  gaiu;     Mine,niine  was  the  traus- 


TO 


3.  What  language  shall  I    bor-row    To  thank  Thee,dearest  Friend,  For  this  Thy  dy-ing 

4.  Be  near  me  when  I'm  dy-ing:    Oh,  show  Thy  cross  to    me!      And  for  my    sue -cor 


:p    p    p  H#  p 

P 

P 

:* — P— P — P-; 

pS^-^  q- 

round  -  ed, 
gres  -  sion. 

With 
But 

— *    ^  ^ 

Lhorns  Thine  on  -  ly 
Cnine  the  dead-ly 

crown! 
pain ; 

1- 
0 

Lo, 

sa-cred  Head, what 
here  I    fall,  my 

glo-  ry, 
iSaviour! 

What 
Tis 

^%z%  =q  

:  :q    ^    q  3 

-=|-: 

I 

-  -J           -j  -, 
-J- 

:  J— p    «  « 

p— 1  -1 

S    *  * 

sor  -  row, 
fly  -  ing, 

Thy 
Come 

_P_ 

pit  -  y  without 
,Lord,and  set  me 

-  P     P     ^  * 

end? 
free. 

Oh, 

These 

make  me  Thine  for  - 
eyes,new  faith  re  - 

:-P    P    P  P 

ev  -  er; 
ceiv  -  ing, 

And 
From 

bhss,  till  now  was  Thine!  Yet  tho'  despised  and  go  -  ry,  I  joy  to  call  Thee  mine. 
I       deserve   Thy  place;    Look  on  me  with  Thy  fa  -  vor,    Vouchsafe  to  me  Thy  grace. 


3i 


should  I  fainting  be,  Lord,let  me  ner-er,  nev  -  er  Out-live  my  love  to  Thee. 
Je  -  sus  shall  not  move.    For   He  who  dies  be  -  liev  -  ing,  Dies  safe  ly,  thro' Thy  love. 


98 


The  Choral  Union 


TSo.  SOI.    HOME  OF  FREEDOM. 


1.  I      now  free-ly 

2.  My  coua-trj  I'll 


-(  1  ,  ^  ^ 

of  -  fer  my  heart  and  my  hand,  To  thee.thouhome  of  free-dom,To 
hou  -  or,  her  laws  I'll  o  -  bey.    And  hail  all  men  as  brethren.Who 


:t:=rf?=c=z::t= 


— t — I — "I  1 — I — "I  i-—^  i — "I  1 — 

3.  Their  rights  rilpro  -  tect  and  de  -  fend  asthey'reknown,Theirwelfare  and  their  freedom,  I'll 

4.  Mayheav'ngiveme  firmness,  withheart  and withhand,  To     la-borandto     die,  For  my 


^:*=p:=^--*i=E 


thee,  my  na  -  tive  land,  To  thee,  thou  home  of  free-dom,  To  thee,  my  na-tive  land, 
wallc   in    vir  -  tue's  way,      And  hail  all  men  as  brethren,  Who  walk  in   virtue's  Avay. 


-t=z 


m 


guard  as  if  my  own.  Their  wel-fare  and  their  free-dom,  I'll  guard  as  if  my  own. 
own  dear  na  -  tive  land.    To     la  -  bor  and  to     die,  For  my  own  dear  na  -  tive  land. 

 ^  ,  


TVo.  2C>2.   THE  STRIFE  IS  O'ER. 

Francis  Pott. 


The  strife  is  o'er,  the  bat -tie  done,  The  vic-to  -  ry  of  hfe  is  won;  Oh,  let  the 
2.   Thepov.ers  of  death  has  donetheirworst.  But  Christtheirlegions  hath  dispersed;  Letshoutof 


3  The  three  sad  days  are  quickly  sped; 
He  rises  glorious  from  the  dead: 
All  glory  to  our  risen  Head! 

Alleluia  1 

4  Lord  by  the  stripes  that  wounded  Thee, 
From  death's  dread  sting  Thy  servants  fre% 
That  we  may  live  and  sing  to  Thee, 

Alleluia! 


Junior  Grade. 

Pfo.  SOJi.    SAVIOUR,  BLESSED  SAVIOUR. 


99 


Godfrey  Thring. 


H.  R.  P.  6.  16.  '84. 


1.  Suviour,  blessed  Savionr,  Listen  while  we  sing,  HeartsandvoicesraisingPraisestoour  Kinj. 


11 


2.  Near-er,  ev  -  er  near-er,  Chnst,wedrawto Thee, Deep  in  ad  -  o- ration, Bendinglow the  knee; 


: — i^- 


3.  Clearerstill  and  clearer  Draws  the  light  from  heav'njn  our  sadness  bringing  News  of  sin  forgiv': 


j_ — cl: — a_i  trf-C — 


All  we  have  to  of  -  fer,  All  we  have  to  fear,   Bod-y,  soul,  and  spirit,  All  we  yield  to  Thee. 


Thou  for  our  redemption  Cam'stonearthto  die;  Thon,thatwemightfollow,Hastgoneuponhigh 


1^^ 


Life  has  lost  its  shadows,  Purethelightwith-in;  Thonhastshed  Thy  radiance  Onaworld  of 


Refrain  a//er  each  stanza. 


1 — 1  —1 



Glo-ry  Hal-le  - 

lu  -jah  ^ 

To  our  Priest  an 

dKing, 

Sa  V  iour, blessed  Saviour,  Listen  while  we 

sing. 

"H — ^-^ — f*- 

-J— 4^p— p- 

^ — ' 

Glo-ry  Hal-le  - 

r 

lu-jah 

Co  our  Priest  an 

t  i 

dKing, 

-I — t^-i — ^ 
Saviour,blesse 

dSaviour,List( 

HI  while  we  sing. 

:p::^zp:i: 

-| — \jP^—\^- 

100 


The  Choral  Union 


No.  a04.   EVANS.    8s  &  7s.  Double. 

Explain  the  Key  of  A  Flat. 


J    (  God     is    love;  His 
I  Bliss    He  wakes,  and 


mer  -  cy     brightens    All    the    path    in  which 
woe    He    lightens:     God  is      wis  -  dom,  God 
But     His  mer  -  cy     wan  -  eth    nev  -  er;    God  is      wis  -  dom,  God 


we  rore;  i 
is  love.  ) 
is  love. 

PINE. 


^3= 


2   j  Ev'u   the   hour  that  davlc  -  est  seemeth, 
I  From  the  gloom  His   bright-ness  streaineth, 
D.  c. — All     His  wondrous     works  pro  -  claimeth. 


^VlIl 
God 
God 


His 


i 


cliangeless  good 
wis  -  dom,  God 
wis  -  dom,  God 


ness prove;  ) 
is  love.  ) 
is  love. 

FINE. 


A  1- 


Chance  and  change  are      bu  -  sy     ev  -  er;    Man    de  -  cays   and  a 


move. 
D.  c. 


Bright  o'er     all    His     mer  -  cy     beam-eth  With 


va  -  tion  from 


bove. 


No.  SOS.   WHEN  MEN  FORGET. 

Explain  Dal  Segno.    (D.  S.  ) 


11= 


When  men  for 


or    more:  ) 


J  ,  ,,i.v...  .uv...    iv^i     get     their    love     of   gold,    And    love   their  hon 
■    When  truth's  the     on    -  ly      cur-  rent  coin.     And    count- ed     o'er     and    o'er;  \ 


for     the    great  -  est     good,  their  work    From  day     to  day 


done; 


When  "Love  thy    God    with     all     thy  might,  Thy     neighbor     as       thy  -  self," 
Shall    from  the     fi    -   bre       of     each  mind,   Its       ver  -  y    warp     and  woof, 
will     the     glo  -  rious      e   -   ra    come,   AVhen  none  sliall  fear      to  die. 


1 


Junior  Grade. 

WHEN  MEN  FORGET.  Concluded. 


101 


-I  r- 


-I— j— !■ 


When  men    love  free  -  dom  for 


sake,    For    all     as    well     as     one,      And  \ 


-■J—\ 


When  men    throw  self   a  -  side,  and  live     For    gome  just  pur  -  pose    high —  Then 

D.s, 


TSo.  SJOG.    TOWNSEND.    JL.  M. 


W.  A.  Lafferty. 


1.  He 


i!  the  Friend  of    sin  -  ners  dies!   Lo!    Sa  -  lem's  daughters  weep   a  -  round; 


43: 


2.  Come,  saints,  and  drop  a     tear    or    two    For   Him  who  groan'd  be -neath  your  load; 


3.  Say,    Live    for    ev  -  er,    Avondrous  King!  Born  to     re  -  deem,  and  strong  to  save; 


:tz=:t. 


4- J- 


1 


sol  -  emn  darlv-ness  veils  the    skies,  A 


-  den    trembling    shakes  the  skies. 


He     shed  a     thousand    drops  for    you,  A    thou  -  sand  drops  of     rich  -  er  blood 


1^ 


Then  ask    the  monster,  Where's  thy  sting?  And  Where's  thy  vie  -  fry,  boast- ing  grave? 


m 


The  Choral  Union 


No.  so: 


THE  LORD  MY  SHEPHERD  IS. 


1.  Tlie  Lord   my      Shep  -  herd 


I     shall    be      well      sup  -  plied;  Since 


iili; 


2,  He    leads  mi 


the  place  Where  heavenly  pas  -  tare  grows;  Where 
—-q-g=zzqzg=:r=^=-l--^.^=^-q= 


lie      is    mine,   and     I         am     His,  What   can        I       wan!.     be  -  side? 


llv  -  ing    wa  -  ters     gent  -  ly     pass.  And  '   full        sal  -  va    -    tion  flows. 


-i  1 — 


TVo.  PURER  YET. 


1.  rur-cryet,andpur  -  er,         Iwouldbeinmind,Deareryet,anddearer,    Every  du-ty  find. 


mi 


2.  Hopingstill,andtrusting     God  without  a  fear,  Patiently  bj-liev-ing  Hewillmakeitckar. 


3.  Calmeryet,andcalm-cr,       Triarijear,andpaia;  Sureryet,andsur  -  er.  Peace atlast to  gain. 


Junior  Grade. 

No.  SOO.    HARBOR.    8s  &  7s. 


103 


].  W,  ROBINSOH. 

4- 


-Az 


1.  A  -  rise,  ye    peo  -  pie,  and  a  -  dore,  Ex  -  ult  -iug  strike  tlie  chord.  Let  all tlie earth,  from 


M=^Jz±^—z^dE^zzJ-^-^ 


2.  They  sing  of   death  and  sin  o'erthrown,  In  that  tri  -  umpliaut   hour.  And  God  exalts  Hia 


Si** 

3.  Oh,  shout,  ye  peo  -  pie,  and  a  -  dore,  Ex  -  ult  -  ing  strike  the  chord,  Let  all  the  earth,  from 


m 


1^ 


-I  ■  b*- 


ISTo.  SIO.    SUPREMELY  BLEST    C.  M. 

Ray  Palmer,  D.  D.  H.  H.  McGranahak. 


I 


shore  to  sliore,  Con-fess  th'Almighty  Lord. 


conquering  Son,  To  His  righthand  of  pow'r. 


shore  to  shore,  Con-fess  th'Almighty  Lord. 


1.  To  Thee,  my  God,  I  lift  mine  eyes,  Oft 


2.  But  if    a-while  I  yet  must  stay,  O, 


ilii 


3.  And  then  no  more  shall  sin  molest,Nor 


struggling  to  be  free,  My  soul  from  low  de-lights  would  rise,  And  lose  its  -  self   in  Thee. 

I 

let  me,  sirong  iu  grace  Love  on,  serve  on,  till  dawns  the  day  "When  I   shall   see  Thy  face. 


tears  or  death  be  known;  But  joy-ous  life  and  changeless  rest   Be   found  iu    God  a  -lone. 


104 


The  Choral  Union 


TVo.  Sll.    DON'T  FORGET  THE  OLD  FOLKS. 

J- 


^— ( 


1.    Don't  for-get  the    old  folks,  Lovetliemmoreandmore;    As  they  turn  their  longing  eyes, 


2.   Don't  for-get  poor   fa  -  ther,  With  his  fail -ing  sight;  Withhislocksoiicethicliandbrown; 


:tz=t:i 


1 


3.   Don't  for-get  dear  moth-er,    With  her  furrowed  brow,     All  the  light  of    oth  -  er  years, 


 *— *-ttS- 


T'wardthe   golden  shore;     Let  yourwordsbe    ten  -  der,   Lov  -  ing,  soft,  and  low; 


Scan  -  ty  now  and  white;     Tho'   lie  may  be    child  -  ish,    Still    do  you  be  kind; 


Time    has  fad  -  ed  now;     Mem  -  o  -  ry    is    wan  -  ing.   Soon    its  light  will  fail; 

Chorus. 


 ^- 


Let  their  last  days  be  the  best  They  have  knownbe-low. 


IS 


Don't  for-get  the  old  folks, 


 — ^-r 

Think  of  him    as  years  a -go,  With  his  mas  -  ter  mind.        Don't  for-get  the  old  folks, 


Guide  her  geut-ly,    till  she  stands  Safe  with-in  the  vale. 


:=]- 


Life  will  soon  be    o'er.     Guide  them  till  tlieir  we  a  -  ry  feet    Treao  the  gold-en 


shore 


Life  will  soon  be    o'er,     Guide  them  till  their  wea  -  ry  feet    Tread  the  gold-en  shore. 


tc;^^::::it 


Junior  Grade. 


105 


No.  SIS.    GENTLY  EVENING  BENDETH. 


Explain  the  Key  of  A,    Also  that  it  is  represented  exactly  like  the  Key  of  A  Flat. 

Arr.  from  Rinck. 


3^ 


11^ 


1.  Gent-ly    evening  bend  -  eth      0  -  ver  vale  and  hill,       Soft-ly  peace  de  -  scendetli, 


^l-ffx  


-J—wiz 


2.  Save  the  wood-brook's  gushing,    All  things  si  -  lent  rest;     Hear  its  rest -less   rush  .  ing 

 ^_  I  


3.  Rest-less,  thus  life  flow  -  eth,     Striveth   in    my  breast;    God  a  -  lone  be  -  stow  -  eth 


]N"o.  313.   MADIE.  7s. 


i 


And  the  world  is 


still. 


On  toward  ocean's  breast. 


Tranquil  evening  rest. 


W.  A.  Laffehty. 


if 


1.    All  ye   nations  praise  tl;e  Lord;  All  ye  lands,your 


2.   For  Histruthand  mer-cy  stand,  Pastand  present, 


3.  PraiseHim, ye whoknowHislove; Praise Ilimfromfhe 


-(S'  :=r-t-|  i— 

1 

voi  -  ces  r 

aise ;  1 

leav'nand 

Barth,  with 

:^ — ci— 
oud    ac - 

cord, 

Praise  the  ] 

_iord,  for  - 

ev  -  er  p 

raise. 

P 

:^    =1  : 

^  ^- 

i 

and  to 
%    -A  1 

be 

Like  the 

years  of 

His  right 

"-s? — 
hand, 

Like  His 

own    e  - 

ter  -  ni  - 

ty. 

:i 

depths  bent 

ath;] 

Praise  Him 

in     the  h 

eights  a  - 
:p2 — ^- 

oove; 

-jzA  ^_ 

Praise  your 
:^  5=2 

'-^  ^ 
Mak  -  er, 

\^ 

— 
all    that  b 

reath 

==) 

e. 

1 

106 


The  Choral  Union 


-No.  SAVIOUR,  AGAIN  TO  THY  DEAR  NAME. 

JoHM  Eli-erton,  1861. 


E.  J.  HoPKiKS, 
Cres    -  - 


1.  Sav  -  iour, 


gain     to       Thy   dear  name  we 


2.  Grant    us     Thy     peace    up  -    on     our    homeward  way, 


With    one    ac  - 


With    Thee  be 


3.  Grant    us    Thy     peace,  Lord,  through  the  com  -  ing     night.         Turn   Thou  for 


do.  f 


m 


cord       our       part  -  ing     hymn     of     praise;       We     stand     to       bless  Thee 


1^1 


:=q— ==]: 


gan,       with     Thee    shall  end       the     day;         Guard  Thou     the      lips  from 


us  its       dark  -  ness     in    -    to      light;       From    harm    and     dan  -  ger 


Dim 


i 


ere    .  our    wor  -  ship    cease,   And   now,  de  -  part  -  ing,    wait  Thy  word   of  peace. 


-cJ-  -£=;»- 

sin,    the    hearts  from  shame.  That  in     this  house  have   called  up  -  on    Thy  name 


keep  Thy  chil  -  drcn  free,      For    dark  and  liglit    are     both     a  -  like    to  Thee. 


Junior  Grade. 


lor 


IS"o.  SWEET  DAY. 

Explain  the  Key  of  D  Flat.    Also  explain  the  Double  Flit.    (See  Tenor.) 


IP 


1.  Sweetdayl  socool,so  calm,  so  bright,  Bridal  of  earthandsky;ThedewslialI  weep  thyfall  to-night, 


:*itt*; 


2.  Sweetroseliu  air  whose  0- dors  wave,  And  colors  charm  the  e3'e,  Thy  root  is  ev-en  iutheground. 


)-r-4  1  ^- 


U-J  1. 


— j-A- 


TVo.  Sie.    LANG.  7s. 

Met.  J=84=19§. 


L  M.  Gordon. 


Forthou,  a-lasl  must  die. 


Andthou,a-lasl  mnst  die. 


1.  Harkthesoundof  rapturous  joy,  Bursting  forth  from 


2.  See  the  Lord  appears  in  view.  Ilea v'n  and  earth  be- 


yon  -  dcr  cloud;  Je  -  sus  comes, and  thro' the  sky.     An  -  gels  tell   their  joy  abroad. 


forii  Him  fly;    Rise  ye  saints.  He  com  1  s for  you,     Rise  to     meet  Him  in   the  sky. 


';i08 


The  Choral  Union 


IVo.  Sl^.   O  ROSE  OF  MAY-TIME. 

Words  arr.  by  P. 


1.  O      beau  -  ti    -  ful  Rose 

2.  0      tell     me    whence  com  - 


the  May  -  time,  Thou  com  -  est  to  brighten  our 
thy     light  -  ness,  Whence  com  -  est  thy  warmth  and  thy 


What  warm  sum  -  mer  suns  and  what  thun  -  der, 
4.  What    ban  -  ner     or      em  -  blem  that     quiv  -  ers 


part  -  ed  un  -  to  thee  their 
o  -  cean  or    swift  run  -  nintt 


:ffzi=ff: 


5= 


play  -  time,  And  fra  -  grance  by  night  or  by  day  -  time,  Thy  won  -  der  -  ful  blcs-soms  pro 
white  -  ness,  From  whence  came  thy  fair-y  -  like   bright-ness,  So     soft,    like    a     sheen    -  ful 


won  -  der,  What  mould  and  what  moisture  from  un  -  der.  What  skies  and  what  clouds  from  a 
riv    -    ers,    What  star    in     the    fir  -  ma  -  ment  shiv  -  ers,   What  bud    that    in     u  -  ni  -  ven 


 _Z-^J  ;  j^_L^_j^  ^  


--m—m- 


1.  0 

2.  Whence  came 

3.  What     suns   what  thun-der 

4.  What     flag   that  quiv  -  ers 


time,  That 
Thy 
Gave 
By 


bright 
warmth, 

thee  

run  - 


ens 
thy 
their 
ning 


vide.  O    beau  -  ti  -  ful  Rose    of   the  May  -  time.  Thou  com  -  est    to     brighten  our 

shower?     O    tell     me  whence  comest  thy  light  -  ness,  Whence  com-est  thy  warmth  and  thy 


bnve?  What  warm  summer  suns  and  what  thun  -  der,  Im  -  part  -  ed  un  -  to  thee  their 
blows.      What  ban  -  ner    or    em  -  blem  that  quiv  -  ers     On     o  -  cean    or    swift-run  -  nmg 


Junior  Grade. 


109 


O  ROSE  OF  MAY-TIME.— Concluded. 


::t: 


— — I — 


play  -  time,  By  uight. 

white  -  ness,  Thy  rud 

won  -  der,  What  moist, 

riv  -  ers,  What  star... 


or     day  -  time,  Dost  fra  - 

dy    brightness,  Thy  sheen 

mould un  -   der,  What  clouds, 

that  shiv  -  ers.  What  bud . . . . 


play  -  time.  And  fra-granoe  by  night  or  by  day  -  time.  Thy  won -der  -  ful  blossoms  pro- 
white  -  ness,  From  whence  came  thy  fair  -  y  -  like  brightness,      So     soft    like    a     sheen     -  ful 


won  -  dar.  What  mould  and  what  moisture  from  un  -  der,  Wliat  skies  and  what  clouds  from  a- 
riv   -   ers,  What  star    in     the    fir  -  ma  ment  shiv  -  ers,     What  bud  that    in      u  -  ni  -  verse 


i 


vide, 
shower  ? 


What  verse . 

What  soft. . 

TJn  -  til... 

Than  thine. 


could, 
airs. . . 
thy... 


ren  -  der  Tho'  ne'er, 

sped  thee.  What  fresh, 

sweetness  Of      its . . . 

wear  -  er,  Of  beau 


fields . 
com  ■ 

ty.... 


vide, 
shower  ? 


What  po  -  et 
What  heav-en 


in  verse  could  e'er  ren  -  der,  With  language,  tho'  uev  -  er  so 
]y   breez  -  es  have  sped    thee.  What  fresh  fields  e  -  lys  -  ian  have 


bove? 
blows, 


Un  -  til  of  thy  del  -  i  -.  cate  sweetness 
What  sapphire,  than  thine  is     the    wear  -  er, 


Of  beau  -  ty  in  all  its  com- 
Of  beau  -  ty    more  splendid  or 


I 


ten  -  der,  Thy  sum 

bred   thee.  What  rich., 

plete-ness,  Took  earth, 

rar  -  er.  More  per  - 


mer  splen  -  dor,  Thy  scent 
dews  fed  thee,  O  beau 
to  wit  -  ness,  O  flow- 
feet,  fair  -  er,      O  mys 


ed 
ful 
of 
tic 


pride, 
flower? 
lore? 
Rose. 


:qs: 


ten  -  der.  The  brightness  of  thy  summer  splen  -  dor,  The  breath  of  thy  sweet-scented 
bred  thee.  What  dews  rich  and  glorious  have  fed    thee,  O    beau-ti  -  ful,  beau-ti  -  ful 


pride? 
flower. 


plete-ness,  Thou  tak  -  est  the  earth  for  a  wit  -  ness, 
*ar  -  er,  More  per-fect,  en  -  rap-tur-iug,  fixir  -  er, 


flow-er  of  beau-ty  and  love? 
mys-ti  -  cal,  mys-ti  -  cal  Rose. 


-r-J^-:^=^-1iiz 

t**  


110 


The  Choral  Union 


IVo.  >2l!!5i.    COME  AGAIN 
dtk'gro.  __j 


H.  A.  Lewis, 


1.  O!    come  a-gain  once  more  I  pray,  Yejoj'ousspring-timehours, Withbalmybreathandsunnyskies.And 


The  j)iirlmg  brooks  will  then  awake  From  winter's  cold  embrace;  And  gaily  thro' the  meadows  green,  Their 


 n-r-i  f^-r-^  '-a-^-r-l  1  [  Ht^  \—m  r-J  1—, 


fragrant  blooming  flow'rs.  Ke-turn  once  more,  and  from  the  vale.  The  wildwood  and  the  plain  Shall 


:r:=r= 


sil  -  v'ry  cours-es  trace.     The  ten-der  buds  that  hide  a  -  way  From  winter's  snow  and  gloom,  Their 


m 


^  _j  J  J 

Chort 

JS. 

ech  -  o  forth  a  gladsome  song;  A  thrilling  sweet  re  -  frain.  Come  a-gain,       come  a  -  gain,  Ye 

=1- 


■? — «  1  1— ^■ 


tin  -  y  leaves  will  quick  unfold,  And  robe  the  fields  in  bloom.  Come  again,  Come  again.  Ye 


joy-ous  spring-time  hours;  Come  a-gain,  come  a  -  gain, 


Ye  joy-ous  spring-time  hours. 


joy  -  ous  spring-time  hours; 


Come  again; 


I  again.  Ye  joy  -  ous  spring-time  hours.  | 


Junior  Grade. 


Ill 


3Vo.  SAVIOUR  COMFORT  ME. 

Explain  the  Key  of  G  Flat. 


1.  lu  the  dark  and  cloud-y   day,  When  earth's  riches   flee    a  -  waj^,  And  the  last  hope 


I 


2.  Whenis  fled  earth 's  vain  re-nown,  When  I    feel  the  world's  cold  frown,  When  my  spir  -  it 


--r—r 


]Vo.  SSO.    DESIRE.  6s. 


will  not   stay,  Saviour  comfort  me. 


I 


is    cast  down.  Saviour  comfort  me. 


._j  1  


1.   My   soul  doth  long  for  Thee,  To 


■t — I — t— ^ 

2.    Of     so     di  -  vine   a  jj-uest,   Un  - 


dwell  with-in    my  breast,  Un  -  wor-thy though  I     be;       Of  so     di  -  vine   a  guest. 


5^- 


-f-t  -I  1  ,  

wor- thy  though  I    be,      Yet  hath  my  heart  no    rest       TJn-til     it  comes  to  thee. 


i 


112 


FREKACE   TO   SENIOR  QRADE. 


Throughout  the  Senior  Grade  every  piece 
should  be  practiced  by  syllables  until  all  its  tones 
are  sung  in  time  and  in  tune,  and  all  modulations 
well  understood.  Less  haste  will  bring  greater 
epeed,  for  every  piece  which  is  well  leiirned imparts 
an  added  strength  to  the  learner,  wliich  will  be  of 
great  assistance  in  overcoming  the  obstacles  of  all 
future  efforts. 

>  The  writer  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  entire  Grade 
should  first  be  sung  by  syllables,  all  being  obliged  to 
beat  the  lime,  then  return  and  apply  the  words,  with 
.  expression,  etc.  There  is  great  danger  in  abandoning 
syllables  and  beating  too  soon,  as  all  are  apt  to  bluiid- 
>;r  through  once,  and,  with  quick  ears,  catch  their  sev- 
eral parts  by  rote,  and  sing  very  well  the  second 
time,  thus  passing  for  readers,  where?.s,  if  left  to 
their  own  powers,  unsustained  by  an  instrument, 
they  would  make  sorry  work  of  reading. 

When  the  syllable  names  are  thoroughly  im- 
pressed upon  the  mind  as  names  of  tonc-relalions, 
the  learner  has  progressed  a  long  way  toward  an  in- 
telligent knowledge  of  tone-combinations,  without 
which  no  one  can  be  called  a  good  reader,  for  a  good 
reader  should  always  know  what  relatioa  the  tone 
which  he  is  singing  sustains  to  the  Tonic.  Two 
terms  cannot  be  called  a  long  time  to  be  confined  to 
*he  practice  of  syllables  and  beating,  if,  in  those  two 
terms,  the  pupils  shall  have  acquired  a  knowledge 
of  tone-relationships. 

In  all  cases  in  this  grade  (as  in  the  Junior  grade) 
the  study  should  be  without  instrumental  acccm- 
paniment,  the  teacher  merely  giving  them  the  pitch 
Middle  C,  and  obliging  the  class  to  go  from  that 
pitch  to  their  new  Tonic,  spell  the  tonic  chord  and 
at  once  spread  out  to  their  several  pitches  in  the  fiist 
chord  of  the  piece  they  are  about  to  study.  And 
after  going  through  with  the  piece  once  or  twice,  re- 
quire them  to  spell  and  pronounce  the  Tonic  Chord, 
then  compare  the  pitch  with  the  correct  tone  on  the 
instrument,  thus  clearly  showing  any  deviation  from 
pitch  while  studying.  This  plan,  persistently  ad- 
hered to  in  the  study  of  everypiece,  will  liave  atelling 
effect  upon  the  intelligence  of  the  singers,  the  al- 
most immediate  results  of  which  will  be  extremely 
satisfactory. 

The  first  few  minutes  of  each  lesson  should  be 
spent  in  Practising  Scales  and  Chords.  The  follow- 
ing plan  is  used  in  our  Church  Choral  Unions,  and 
may  be  of  use  to  conductors  : 

1st.  All  sing  the  pitch  C  from  memory,  and  then 
compare  it  with  the  instrument. 

2d.  The  Diatonic  Major  Scale  ascending  and  de- 
scending. 

3d.  The  Diatonic  Minor  Scale  (Harmonic)  from  same 
pitch,  up  and  down. 

4th.  The  Melodic  Minor  up  and  down  (always  start- 
ing on  C.) 

5th.  Up  with  m.ijor  and  down  with  harmonic  minor. 
6th.  Up  with  harmonic  minor  and  down  with  major. 
7th.  Up  with  major,  down  with  melodic  minor. 
8th.  Up  with  melodic  minor  and  down  with  major. 
9th.  Up  with  harmonic  minor  and  down  with  mel- 
odic minor. 

toth.  Up  with  the  melodic  minor  and  down  with 
harmonic  minor. 

nth.  Spell  and  pronounce  the  Tonic  Chord  for- 
ward and  backward. 

r2th.  Spell  and  pronounce  the  Super-Tonic  Chord 
forward  and  backward. 

13th.  Spell  and  pronounce  the  Mediant  Chord  for- 
ward and  backward. 

14th.  Spell  and  pronounce  the  Sub-Dominant  Chord 
forward  and  backward. 


15th.  Spell  and  pronounce  the  Dominant  Chord  fos 
ward  and  backward. 

i6th.  Spell  and  pronounce  the  Dominant  Chord  \t 
the  lower  octave. 

17th.  Spell  and  pronounce  the  Sub-Mediant  Cb.ord 
in  the  lower  octave. 

i8th.  Spell  and  pronounce  the  Sub-Tonic  Chord  (re. 
solving  it  into  the  Tonic  Chord). 

19th,.  Spell,  pronounce  and  resolve  the  Dominant 
7th  chord  major. 

20th.  The  same  spelled  backward. 

2ist.  Spell  and  pronounce  the  Dominant  7th  of  the 
minor  key  (mi,  si,  ti,  re)  resolving  it  into  the 
minor  Tonic. 

22d.  Again  spell,  pronounce  and  resolve  the  m.ajor 
Dom.  7th.  (These  dominant  7th  chords 
should  always  begin  on  the  pitch  C.) 

23d.  Spell,  pronounce  and  resolve  the  Diminished 
7th  chord  (always  spelling  it  backward,  fa,  re, 
ti,  si).  At  first  this  Diminished  7th  chord 
should  follow  the  Dominant  7th  chord,  as  its 
tones  are  the  same  (with  one  exception),  it 
will  be  much  more  easily  comprehended. 
The  practice  of  the  above  schedule  will  require 

only  about  8  minutes,  and  should  be  strictly  adhered 

to  at  the  opening  of  each  lesson,  without  variation. 

After  which — 

24th.  Turn  to  Exercises  in  Rhythmics,  page  146, 
and  sing  the  first  four  numbers,  each  lesson 
commencing  at  the  first  number  and  going 
one  number  further,  and  when  done  with  them 
(wliich  will  be  at  about  the  8th  or  9th  lesson) — 
«5^h.  Turn  to  the  Cadences,  page  149,  and  sing  three 
or  four  numbers  each  lesson  until  all  ar» 
familiar;  then — 
a6th.  Turn  to  Choir  and  Chorus  drill,  page  150,  and 
practice  four  or  five  formulas  each  lesson. 
Thus  the  first  16  or  20  minutes  of  each  lesson 
will  be  spent  in  the  most  profitable  manner  pos. 
sible,  after  which  proceed  with  the  study  of  the  fol 
lowing  pages  in  the  order  therein  set  forth. 

At  No.  227,  page  116,  it  becomes  necessary  to  ex- 
plain Complementary  Signatures,  which  may  be 
done  as  follows; — Complementary  signatures  are 
those  which  indicate  two  different  keys  that  are  re- 
presented by  the  same  degrees  of  the  staff  (as  E,  4 
sharps,  and  E  flat,  3  fiats).  Sharp  signatures  always 
have  their  complements  in  flat  signatures,  and  vice 
versa,  the  united  number  of  signs  being  seven,  thus  : 

Sharps   123456 

Flats   654321 


7      7      7      7      7  7 

To  ftnd  the  complement  of  any  given  signature, 
subtract  the  number  of  its  signs  frorfk  seven,  and  the 
remainder  (in  the  opposite  kind  of  signs)  will  be 
the  desired  complement,  e.  g.  What  is  the  comple- 
mentary signature  of  two  sharps  ?  Ans.  Two  from 
seven  leave  five,  hence  five  flats  and  two  sharps  are 
complementary  signatures. 

Practical  teachers  will  at  once  see  the  usefulness 
of  this  with  classes— for  hav.  ngonce  Iparncd  to  read, 
for  instance  in  F  (one  flat),  they  can  read  equally 
well  in  F  sharp  (s« sharps).  The  fact,  however,  should 
not  be  lost  sight  of,  that  the  two  keys  involved  by 
complementary  signatures  are  not  alike  in  an3'thinif 
except  the  representation,  and  that  Ae  doctrine  oi 
complementary  sigL\atui«s  iK  only  usefu."  while  Icara* 


New  York.  Ssp* ,  iS*%. 


Senior  Grade. 


113 


3Vo.  f^i£l.  I  ONCE  WAS  A  STRANGER 
KOTK.— Before  •tudying  the  three  following 

Slowly,  and  with  great,  feeling.  | 


H.  R.  Palmer. 
review  all  the  four  part  tunes  from  page  20  to  page  49« 


:S=E5-: 


1.  I     once    was   a    stranger    to  grace  and    to     God;    I     knew   not  my    dan-ger,  I 

2.  Like  tears  from  the  daughters  of   Zi  -  on    that   roll,    I     wept  when  the    wa  -  ters  went 


3.  When  free  grace  a  -  woke  me,  by   light  from  on    high,  Then    le   -  gal  fears  shook  me,  I 

4.  My   hor  -  rors  all   vanished  be  -  fore  the  sweet  name;  My    guilt  -  y    fears  banished,  with 


felt    not  my  load:  Tho'  friends  spoke  in  rapture    of  Christ  on  the  tree,  Je  -  ho  -  yah  Lord 
ver  his  soul;  Yet  thought  not  that  my  sins    had  nailed  to  the  tree,  Je  -  ho  -  vah  Lord 


zfzii 


trembled    to    die;  No    ref-uge  nor  safe  -  ty     in  self  could  I     see — Je  -  ho  -  vah  Lord 
I  came  To    drink  at  the  fouatain,   life-giv  -  ing  and  free — Je  -  ho  -  vah  Lord 


i  1 


INTO.  SJSS.  MORN'S  ROSEATE  HUES. 

Wm.  Cooke.  Edward  J.  Hopkins,  ] 


:»=b 


1 


Je  -  sus*  was  noth-ing  to  me. 
Je  -  sus  was  noth-ing    to  me. 


Je  -  sus  my  Sav-iour  must  be. 
Je  -  sus  was  all  things  to  me. 


1.  Morn's  roseate    hues  have  decked  the  sky;  The 

2.  The  Prince  of   Life  with  death  has  striv'p,To 


3.  And  He,  dear  Lord,  that  with  Thee  dies,  And 

4.  Oh,  grant  us    then,  with  Thee   to    die^  To 


Copvrisht.  1879,  by  H.  R.  Palmer. 

*  I  have  thought  it  better  to  insert  the  words  ' 
ness),  whicu  occurs  in  the  original. — H.  R.  P. 


'  instead  of  the  Hebrew  word,  Tsid-ke-nu  (the  Lord  of  righteous- 


Lord  has  risen  with  vie  -  to  -  ry: 
cleanse  the  earth  His  blood  has  gi  v'n 


Let  eartli  be  glad  and  raise  the  cry,  Al  -  le  -  lu  -  iai 
Has  rent  the   veil  and  o-peiied  heav'n:  Al  -  le  -  lu  -  ial 


flesh  -  ly  pass  -  ions  cru  -  ci  -  fies, 
spurn  earth's  fleeting  van  -  i  -  ty. 


In  bod  -  y,  like  to  Thine,  shall  rise:  Al  -  le  -  lu  -  ia! 
And  love  the  things  a  -  bove  the  sky:    Al  -  le  -  lu  -  ia! 


114  The  Choral  Union 

IV O.  JOY  FILLS  OUR  INMOST  HEART.  Samuel  Smith; 


1      1      T  t 

1.  Joy 

2.  Low 

-5.  .5. 

fills    our     ia  -    most  ' 
at     the    era  -  die  -  tl 

leart  to  -  day:  The 
rone    we    bend,  We 

Roy  -  al    Child    is  I 
■won  -  der  and      a  - 

— m  F-  ^  P — 

3ora: 
iore; 

P  ^  l..^ 

-m  — 1 — T-H 

3.  For 

4.  Thou 

us     the   world  must 
Light  of     uu    -  ere  - 

:  t   r   r   *  - 

r^-"— S  S  

ose  its  charms  Be  - 
a    -    ted  Light,  Shine 

^  1  [=  tz 

fore    the     man  -  ger 
on     us.     Ho  -  ly 

shrine, 
Child; 

^  1 — 

E_t__p — 1= — 1_ 

ft 


And  An  -  gel  host>i  in  glad 
And    feel     no   bliss    ean  ours 

•    ~ 


ar  -  ray  His  Ad 
transcend,  No  Joy 


When 
That 


vent 
was 


keep 
sweet 


this 


morn, 
fore. 


fold  -  ed  in  Thy  motli  -  er's  arms.  We  see  Thee, 
we     may  keep   Thy  birth  -  day  briglit,  Willi    serv  -  ice 


Babe 


vme. 
filed. 


I  I 

Re-joice!        re  -joice!  ThTn-car    -    nate  Word  Has   come   on  earth    to  dwell; 


li 


Re  -  joice! 


— r 

e  -  joice!  Th'In-car 


nate  Word  Has   come   on   earth    to  dwell; 


r  ^    -\    ^  n 

,  -J 

No 

sweet  -  er  sound  than 

this     is   heard —  Im  - 

man  -   u  - 

el. 

A  -  men. 

IT-- 

.,=^-=.=: 

No 

sweet  -  er  sound  than 

this     is  heard —  Im  - 

man  -   u  - 

el. 

A  -  men. 

r    ^  ^  ^ 

 ^ 

Senioe  Geadb. 


115 


No.  EMMAUS.  10s 

Christopheb  Wordsworth,  1862. 
P 

3=^ 


John  Goss,  1872. 


-p  .0.^^.         .0^.  ^  .        —     —  —      —     ^.^.p.  .0.  |- 

yet  more  faint. .  the  sun  -  light  glows ;  O  Brightness  of  Thy  Fa  -  ther's  glo  -  ry, 
rise,  a  -  wak  •   ened  by     Thy  call,       With  Thee,  O    Lord,  for     ev    -     er     to  a- 


r — r 


/!      I  ^ 


Thou, 
bide. 


k  k 

E  -  ter  -  nal  Light  of  Light, . . 
In    that   blest   day    which  has  


with  us  now. 
e  -   ven  -  tide. 


No.  MERTON.     C.  M. 


Gen.  H.  K.  Ouvtsr,  1842. 


1.  Te     gold  -  en    lamps  of     heaven,    fare  -  well.     With    all      your    fee  -  ble  light 

2.  And   thou,    re  -  ful  -  gent     orb         of      day.      In      bright  -  er   flames  ar  -  layed 


m 


Fare  -  well,  thou  ev  -  er  -  chang 
My    soul,     that  springs  be  -  yond 


ing  moon.  Pale  em  -  press  of  the  night, 
thy    sphere,    No      more ...    de  -  mands  thine  aid. 


rJTj.^  ... 


116 


The  Choeal  Union. 


Note. — Before  studying  the  tbree  following  pages  review  pages  50  to  59  inclusive. 
]Vo.  COME,   YE  FAITHFUL. 

J.  M.  nbale.  a.  s.  STTLLiviof,  mz: 


1.  Come,  ye    faitli-ful,  raise  the  strain       Of    tri  -  umph-ant  glad  -  ness  I 

2.  'Tis   the  spring  of    souls  to  -  day  :    Christ  hath  burst  His  pris  -  on, 

3.  Now  tlie  queen  of    sea  -  sons,  briglit  With  the  day     of    splen  •  dor, 


God  hath  brought  His 
And  from  three  days' 
With  the  roy  -  al" 


m 


Is  -  ra  -  el  In  -  to    joy    from    sad  -  ness, —  Loosed  from  Pha  -  roah's  bit  -  ter  yoke 

sleep  in    death.       As    the  sun    hath     ris   -  en.         All   the    win  -  ter     of   our  sins, 

feast  of    feasts,    Comes  its  joys   to        ren  -  der ;      Comes  to    glad     Je  -  ru  -  sa  -  lem, 

3*---^  <  -   -  I 


Ja-cob's  sons  and  daughters, —  Led  them  with  un-moistened  feet  Thro'  the  Red  Sea  wa  -  ters. 
Long  and  dark,  is  fly  -  ing  From  His  light  to  whom  we  give  Laud  and  praise  un-  dy  -  ing. 
Which,  with  true  af  -  fee  -  lion,     Welcomes  in   un  -  wearied  strains    Je  -  sus'  re  -  sur  -  rec  -  tion. 


]Xo.  Sa?^.    CRESTON.     lis  &  lOs, 

With  Expression.  Explain  Complementary  signatures. 


-—  1  '  1  ^  f—^^-mi-l 


Mate  L.  Ricket. 


1.  Come  un  -  to  me,  when  shadows  darkly  gath-er.  When  the  sad  heart  is    wea-ry  and  distressed, 

2.  Te  who  have  mourned  when  the  spring  flowers  were  taken.  When  the  ripe  fruit  fell  richly  to  the  ground, 

3.  Large  are  the  man  sions  in  Thy  Father's  dwelling.  Glad  are  the  homes  that  sorrows  never  dim ; 

^  -(^.  4 


rit. 


tJ  ,     ^    1^1  ll_ 

Seek-ing  for  com  fort  from  your  heavenly  Father,  Come  un  to  me,  and    I  will  give  you  rest. 
When  the  loved  slept  in  brighter  homes  to  waken.Where  their  pale  brows  with  spirit  wreaths  are  crowned. 
Sweet  are  the  harps  in  heavenly  union  swelling  ;  Soft  are  the  tones  which  raise  the  heavenly  hymn. 


Senioe  Geade. 


No.  WHEN  THE  STORMY  WINDS  DO  BLOW. 

Arr.  for  this  Work  by  H.  R.  Palmeb. 


r—A            \  — L, 

-sj — «  

1      I      I  1 

'  1 

1.  Hark  1  how  the  rain  is 

2.  Ohl    pit  -  y     the  poor 

'-c;^     ^  — ' 
fall  -  ing,  And 
sail  -  or,  And 

1    1  -s- 

oud-ly  roars  the  I 
all  who  cross  the 

last!  Wha 
sea;  What 

^  . 

torrents  pour  !  Shut 
fears  are  theirs  I  What 

^  .0.  .m- 

-IS— = — w 

9— 

— i  ,j — , — ^  f. 

1 —  r 

#§=1^-4- 

-J  A 

gi__S=fc5_S:g_b-:l_S:^_.^_gi_br^_,  1:^  

*o    the  door.    And    close  the    shut-ters   fast.     On    such    a  rough  and 
toils  and  cares  !  While  here,  we're  all    at     ease.  May  they  in     safe  -  ty 

bit  -  ter  night  How 
reach  their  port,  Nor 

w — m — M 

»  W  j  1  

 1  — ^  1 

•  ^  M 

1 — t — f 

1    ^  r 

-    1  r 

r 

'~r-     t»»    r  t — • 

±  si 

A--  > 

J 

pleasant  'tis  to 
wreck  or  dan  -  ger 

1    -f-  1 

know 
inow 

-IS — 

3- 

We  have  here  naught  to 
And  on  shore  fear  no 

fear.  We  have  1 
more.  And  on  s 

ere  naught  to 
lore  fear  no  n 

fear,  We  have 
lore.  And  on 

1 — t — r  1 — ^ 

1 — t-              1—  fc^ 

£  r'  r- 

r  - 

 ^ 

i 


J— 4- 


here  naught  to  fear, 
shore  fear  no  more 


When  the  storm-y  winds  do 
When  the  storm  y  winds,  &c. 


Wow, ....  When  the  stormy  winds  do 


$—            «— «-  -s-«-*S- J — ! — 

blow, ....  When  the  £ 

:^       >:  :r:  ip:  j 

torm 

^  winds  ( 

1 — L^h- 1--  \^  ^  i-i- 

-  y  winds 

-  f  ■ 

io  blow. 

1  

1  

r 

1 

Copyright,  1884,  by  H.  R.  Palmer. 


U8 


The  Choral  UmoN. 


Wo.  SaO.    WRECKS   OF   THE  PAST. 
Explain  Syncopation. 

CraGLE  BiTTS. 


Music  by  Hebr. 


thinking    of      No  -  ra,     my    dar-llng,    my    own;    Her  bright  eye    still  haunts  me  tho" 
gai  -  ly      I      led  her     the    hill  -  side     a  -  long,    The     en  -  vy      su  -  preme  of  the 
D.  c.  foot  -  tall  was    mu  -  sic,    her    bear  -  ing    a     queen,    A     fair  -  er    than    No  -  ra,  I 


*  ^  J  * 

2.  O'er  1110  intain  and    val  -  ley  we     gai  -  ly     did  go,  By  for  -  est 

sum-mer  and  win-ter,  by    night  and   by  day.  Oh,  nev-er 

D.  c.  slirouded    in    dark-ness  that    sad  day  must  be  That  part  -  ed 


©life?: 


cool  shaded,  or 
did  Ko  -  ra  with 
my     No  -  ra,  dear 


o.  My  home  now  is    lone  -  ly    since    No  -  ra     has  fled, 
brief  line  I'm  hold-ing,   but     no  trcme     1  find 
D.  c.  sor  -  row    1     gaze  ou     my     No-ra's    dis  -  tress. 


Its  (s)ta  -  ble 
To  Tiold  lack 
At  -  tached  to 


for  -  sak  -  en,  no 
my  tears  for  my 
a      wag  -  on  marked 


I  Id  time. 


V  2d  time. 


FineX 


long  years  have    flown  Since 

(Omit  )   gaz  -  ing  vil  -  lage  throng.        I   loved  her    so   dear  -  ly,  tho' 

(Omit  )    nev  -  er   yet  have  seen. 


dark  riv  -  er's      flow.  In 

(Omit  

(Omit  


Fine. 


.)  out  my  pres  ence  stray.  Her  dark  wav- ing  tress-es,  her 
.)     No  -  ra,    far  from  me. 


light  in       it(s)  shed ;  A 

(Omit  )    No  -  ra,  poor  and  blind. 

(Omit  )  "  Jonea-es  fast   ex  -  press.' 


.^--i-j^ —  

I     saw  her     on  Broadway,  her 


art    -   ful  and    shy.      The    mis-chief  shone  bright  In     her      flash  -  ing  black  eye 


B.C. 


Her 


Cnpj  Ight,  18S4,hy  H.  R.  Talnier. 


Senior  Grade. 


U9 


Note. — Before  studying  the  three  following  pages,  review  pages  60  to  70  inclusive. 

IVo.  S30.    FAMILY   TREASURE.     8s  &  7s.  I.  B.  Swraizr. 

Met.  J  =  54  =  48|.      ^  ^ 


1.  Yes,  for  me,    for  me  He  car- eth.  With  a  brother's  ten- der  care;  Yes,  with  me,  with  me  He 

2.  Yes,  o'er  me,    o'er  me  He  watcheth.Ceaseless  watcheth,night  and  day ;  Yes,  e'en  me,  e'en  me  He 


1^   I      U  > 

IVo.         1 .    MARY.      p.  p.  Prench, 


shar  -  eth  Ev  -  ery  bur  -  den,  ev  -  ery  fear, 
snatcheth  From  the  per  -  ils    of  the  way. 

^ 


:4=^E=^=i3E 


1.  Swell  the    an -them,  raise  the  song, 

2.  Now  the  voice  of      nat  -  ure  sings 


4 — ^— I- 


Prais  es  to  our  God  be  -  long  ;  Saints  and  an-gels  join  and  sing  Prais  es  to  the  heavenly  King. 
Prais  es  to  the  King  of  kings  ;  Let  us  join  the  cho  -  ral  song,  And  the  grateful  notes  pro-long, 
^.  H«.  .^e.  _     _      _     _     ^     _  ^  -m-   ^     \      \  J 


It     is  not  death  to  fling 


this  sin-  ful  dust. 


^^e^==|=e3e==3 

zdz — 

Aod  'mid  the  broth  -  er  -  hood  on  high.  To  be  at  home  with  God. 
And     rise     on    strong,    ex  -  ult  -  ing   wing.     To    live      a  -  mong  the  just. 


120 


The  Chokal  IJNioif. 


S33.  SICILY. 


Lord,  dis  -  miss  us 


with    Thy     bless  -  ing,     Pill    our  hearts    with   joy  and  peace  • 


us  each,  thy  love  pos  -  sess  -  ing,  Tri  -  umph  in  re  -  deeming  grace  ; 
re  -  fresh    us,        Oh,     re  -  fresh    us,       Trav  -  'ling    thro'  this    wild-  er  -  ness. 

I 


 p-f-t^r-r^-- 1~ 


SWEET  IS  THY  MERCY,  LORD. 
Kev.  John  Samuel  Bewlet  Monsell,  LL.D,  1862. 


3.  Babnbt,  1866. 


J  1  \- 


1.  Sweet  is  Thy  mer  -  cy,  Lord  !     Be  -  fore  Thy  mer  -  cy  -  seat      My  soul,  a  -  doring,  pleads  Thy  Wo/d, 

2.  Light  Thou  my  wea-ry  way,    I.ead  Thou  my  wand'ring  feet.  That  while  I    stay  on  earth  I  ms./ 


And  owns  Thy  mer  -  cy  sweet. 
Still  find  Thy  mer  -  cy  sweet. 


WITH   JOY  WE  HAIL. 
Miss  Harriet  AtiBKB,  1829.  Jambs  Turle,  lS.r>2. 


i 


1.  With  joy    we   hail  the    sa  -  cred  day.  Which 

2.  Thy  chos  -  en    tem  -  pie,  Lord,  how  fair  !  Where 


1 — r 


crec 
ho-v 

-s— r^-n-"^ 


God  hath  called  His  own  ;  With  joy  the  summons  we  o  -  bey  To  wor  ship  at  His  throne, 
will- ing  vot  - 'ries  throng.  To  breathe  the  humble,  fer  vent  prayer,  And  pour  the  cho-ral  song. 


Senior  Grade. 


121 


IVo.  S3e,    BOUNDING  BILLOWS. 
1.  Exercise  in  Doublets,  Triplets,  and  Quadrulets.        Arr.  by  W.  A.  Lappbbtt. 


4.     La,        la,  la,         la,   la,        la,  la,         la,   la,        la,  la,         la,    la,         la,  la. 


La,  la,  la,  la,  &c. 


Fine. 


la. 


la. 


la, 


•-tj*  ^ 

la,      la,       la,       la,         la,  la. 


la. 


la,  la, 


la,  la. 


la,  la,   la,  la. 


==^_^  =^ 


la,  la,  la,      la,  la,  la,  la,  la. 

:  r^^S-JSz: 


la,  la,  la,       la,  la,  la,        la,  la,  la,      la,  la,  la,        la,  la,  la,      la,  la,  la,  la 


La,  la,  la,  la,  &c. 


La,  la,  la,    la,  la,  la,     la,  la,  la,    la,  la,  la,      la,  la.  la,    la,  la,  la,     la,  la,  la,     la,  la,  la. 


La,  la,  la,  la,  &C. 


122  The  Choral  Union. 

Note. — Before  studying  the  following  six  pages  review  pages  72  to  80,  inclualTe, 


IVo. 


1.  Vouchsafe  me,  dear  Saviour,  Tliy  fa  -  vor    to  win';  Oh,  guide  me  and  keep  me  this  day  without 

2.  In     tri  -  al    or    dan-ger,  temp-ta-tion   or  fear,    I  know  Thou'lt  sustain  me,  wilt  comfort  and 

3.  Oh,  what  a  dear  Saviour    I've  found  in  the  Lord ;  What  sweet  words  of  promise  I  read  in  His 


m 


^    -(•-  -m- 


-#2-  -m-  -m- 


r-i — r-^i 


 ^  j  '--j-H- — l=q«*«-r-^z— ^=-^rr=]  -p-j  1  Yr-f--^  ^-r^  ==r 


I 

Lord,  I  am  so  need-y. 
;  The'  I  am  un  worthy, 
;  Come  all  who  are  needy, 


But  this  is  my  plea.  My    blessed  Re-deemer  hath  suffered 
I  come  with  this  plea.  My    blessed  Re-deemer  hath  suffered 
Let  this  be  your  plea.  My    blessed  Re  deemer  hath  suffered 


No.  WHEN,  HIS  SALVATION  BRINGING. 


When,  His  sal  -  ^ 

ra  -  tion  bring-ing. 

To 

Zi  -  on    Je  -  sus  came, 

The    chil  dren  all  stood 

jg-  ,-r-i>  ?    ■  ■ 

3S 


4  1. 


sing  -  ing      Ho  -  san  -  na      to   His    name ;      Nor   did    their  zeal   of  -  fend   him.  But, 


8S    He  rode    a  -  long, 


He   let  them  still  at  -  tend  Him,  And  smiled  to  hear  their  song. 


Senior  Grade. 


123 


]Vo.  GIVE  YE  TO  JEHOVAH.     12s  &  lis, 


1.  Give  ye  to  Je-  bo  -  vah,  O  sons  of  the  mighty,  Give  ye  to  Je  -  ho  -  vah  the  glo-  ry  and  power  ; 
3.   The  voice  of  Je-ho  -  vah  comes  down  on  the  waters  ;  In  thunder  the  God  of  the  glo-ry  draws  nigh 


The  voice  of  Je  ho  -  vah  is   might-y,  is  might-y  ;  The  voice  of  Je-ho  -  vah  in  maj  -  es-ty  speaks  ; 


Give  ye  to  Je  ho  -  vah  the  hon  -  or  and  glo  -  ry  ;  In  beau  -  ty  of  ho  -  li  -  ness  kneel  and  a-dore. 
Lo,     o  -  ver  the  waves  of  the  -wide-flowing  wa-  ters  Je-ho  -  vah  as  King  is   en-  throned  on  high ! 


The  voice  of  Je-ho  -  vah  the  ce  -  dars  is  breaking  ;  Je-  ho  -  vah  the  ce  -  dars  of  Leb  -  a  -  non  breaks. 

Copyright,  1878,  by  H.  R.  Palmeb- 


No.  SHALL   I   LET    HIM  IN? 

Not  too  fast. 


Words  and  Music  by  H.  R.  Pauheb. 


1.  Christ  is  knocking  at    my   sad  heart ;  Shall  I    let  Him  in?...       Pa  -  tient-ly  pleading  with 

2.  Shall    I  send  Him  the  lov  -  ing  word  ;  Shall  I    let  Him  in?...      Meek-ly    ac  -  cept  ing  my 

3.  Yes,  I'll  o-  pen  this  heart's  proud  door,  Tes,  I'll  let  Him  in;...      Glad-ly    I'll  wel-come  Him 
-m-   -p-        ^    ^  -m-   -m-  -m-  .     —     ^         -m-  -m^~^m-  •  -m-  -m-   it?-         ^  ^ 


my  sad  heart;  Oh!  shall  I  let  Him  in?... 
gra  -  cious  Lord  ;  Oh  !  shall  I  let  Him  in  ?. . . 
ev  -  er  -  more  ;  Oh  !  yes,    I'll    let    Him  in  


Cold  and  proud  is  my  heart  with  sin ; 
He  can  in  -  fin  -  ite  love  im  -  part : 
Bless  -  ed    Sav  -  iour,  a  -  bide    with  me  ; 

■-_-g-_-r  r-  -r^~-r—r  -r- 


Dark  and  cheerless  is  all  within  ;  Christ  is  bidding  me  turn  un  -  to  Him,  Oh  !  shall  I  let  Him  in?.. . 

He  can  par  don  this  reb  -  el  heart ;  Shall  I  bid  Him  for-ev  -  er  de-part.  Or  shall  I  let  Him  in  ?. . . 
Cares  and  tri  -  als  will  lighter  be  ;    I    am  safe  if   I'm  on  -  ly  with  Thee,  Oh !  blessed  Lord,  come  in. 


124  Choeal  Uotok. 

]Vo.  HAKK!    HARK,  MY  SOUL. 

Eev.  Fbedkrick  W.  Fabbr,  1862.  Kev.  J.  B.  Dtkbs. 


1.  Hark  !  hark,  m 

2.  On  -  ward  we 

^soul!  An- 
go,     for  6 

gel  -  ic  songs  are  swelling  O'er  earth's  green  fields,  and  ocean's  wave-beat  shore ; 
tOl  we  hear  them  sing-ing,  "  Come,  wea-ry  souls,  for  Je  -  sus  bids  you  come  !  " 

•  r- 

— 1  -1- 

3.    An  -  gels,  sin^ 

;  on !  your 

faithful  watches 

keep-ing  ; 

Sing  us  sweet 

fragment 

s  of  the  songs  a  -  bove. 

^= 

I-  4  1  U— I  -4-1  \  1  ^—i d-r-n  -n-r-2  ^— ^-r-!  '  '  

I — ^  J — ^_t^_^^^_d^_^ — J — *_^=t_g__,  ^—^^  * — ^ — J — 

How  sweet  the  truth  those  bless  -  ed  strains  are  tell  -  ing.  Of  that  new  life  when  sin  shall 
And    thro'  the  dark   its       ech  -  oes    sweet-ly  ring  -  ing,  The    mu  -  sic  of    the     Gos  -  pel 


L|  1  1  1 


Till   morning's  joy  shall 


3*: 


end   the  night  of   weep  -  ing.  And    life's  long  shad  -  ows  break  in 


— -ST— f  ^  ^  ^ 

more.  An  -  gels  of  Je  -  sus,  An  -  gels  of  light.  Sing  -  ing  to  wel-come  the 
home.    An  -  gels  of     Je  -  sus.     An  -  gels  of   light,  etc. 


pilgrims  of  the  night,    Sing  -  ing  to     wel  -  come     the    pilgrims,    the    pil-grims  of  the  night. 


pilgrims  of  the  night,    Sing  -  ing  to     wel  -  come     the    pilgrims,    the    pil-grims  of  the  night. 


Senior  Grade. 


125 


IVo.  ^43,    THE   PURE    IN  HEART. 
Dr.  C.  E.  BlackailL. 


13 


Arr.  from  Beethoven  by  H.  R.  Pauheb. 


m 


m 


*t    S    i    .  .    .    .  _ 

1.  Bless-ed    are    the    pure    in  heart.    They  that  stand  ap  -  proved  of   God,    Tliey  shall  have  in 
3.  Bless  ed    are    the   pure   in  heart,    They  that  love  the    paths  of   God ;  They  shall  dwell  from 


-Z—f^ 


-J— 4 


life 
sin 


a  part,  True  life  here.  Life  with  God  ;  Pure  in  heart,  they  dai  -  ly  see  Christ  in  God  their 
a  -  part,  Live  in    love,  Walk  with  God  ;  Pure  in  heart,  oh,  make  me  now,  Je  -  sus,  Saviour ; 


 ^_,-g:_-g:_-g:_-Si^ 


1 — r 


-1  ^ — \^ 

j:^  -J  -J  A 

—ft 

-SI- 

on  -  ly  Lord,  Him  who  0v  -  eth  all  things  free  ; 
Thou,  my     Lord,      Help  me  while    I    hum  -  bly  bow, 

:^:_£?l_-pi^- -2— «— 


Glad  they  hear  His  pre-cious  word, 
Help  me    fol  -  low  Thy  pui'e  word. 


-| — r 


Copyrighted  ia  "  Palmer's  ! 


No.  COME,  SINNER,  COME! 

Wrix.  EiiLSWORTH  Witter. 


1.  While  Je-sus  whispers  to  you.  Come,  sinner,  come !  While  we  are  praying  for  you.  Come,  sinner,  come ! 
3.  Are  you  too  heav-y  la-den  ?  Come,  sinner,  come !    Je-sus  will  bear  your  burden.  Come,  sinner,  come  i 


itt=t 


I—- r- 


3.  Oh  1  hear  His  lender  pleading, Come,  sinner,  come  I  Come  and  receive  the  blessing.  Come,  sinner,  come ! 


Now  is  the  time  to  own  Him,  Come,  sinner,  come !  Now  is  the  time  to  know  Him,  Come,  sinner,  come  ! 
Je-sus  will  not  de-ceive  you.  Come,  sinner,  come !    Je-sus  can  now  redeem  yon.  Come,  sinner,  com«  ! 


,     ^  I       ^        ^     i      I       ^  - 
While  Je-sus  whispers  to  you,  Come,  sinner,  come !  While  we  are  praying  for  you,  Come,  sinner,  come ! 

Copyright,  1879,  by  H.  R.  ] 


126  The  Choeal  Union. 

ivo.s44.  brightly  gleams  our  banner. 

T.  J.  POTTKB  ABTHUE  STTUJVAK. 


1.  Brightly  gleams  01 

2.  Je-Ms"  Lord  and 

3.  All  our  days  di 

ir  ban  - 

Mas  -  t 
-  rect 

:^  -4 

r 

aer,  Pointing  to  the  sky,  Waving  wand'rers  onward  To  their  home  on  high; 
er,    At  Thy  sacred  feet,  Here,  with  hearts  re  joicing.  See  Thy  children  meet; 
us     In  the  way  we  go.    Lead  us  on  vie  -  to  -  rious,  0  -  ver  ev  -  'ry  foe, 

—    -»s-^m'^-                         -€-       -•^-^(S'  m 

^-  ■  ^-^-^-1  ^-L_L_J_|J  [_ .  4— I— U_U  J 

4.  Then  with  saints  and  an  gels    May  we  join  a  bove,  Offering  prayers  and  praises  At  Thy  throne  of  love ; 


^  J  4__l„i-Un-i— I  -1-^ 

Journ'yj 
Oft-e 
Bid  Tl 

ng  o'er  a    des-  ert.    Glad  ly  thus  we  pray,  And  with  hearts  u  -  nit  -  ed,  Take  our  heav'nwanl  way. 
n  have  we  left  Thee,   Of t  -  en  gone  as  tray,  Keep  us,  mighty    Sav-iour,    In  the  nar-row  way. 
ine  an-gels  shield  us.  When  the  storm-clouds  low'r.  Pardon  Thou  a  nd  save  us  In  the  last  dread  hour. 

 \ — 

When  the  toil  is    o  -  ver  Then  comes  rest  and  peace,    Je-sus  in  His  beau-ty,   Songs  that  never  cease. 


Brightly  gleams  our  banner.   Pointing  to  the    sky,       Waving  wand'rers  onward  To  their  home  on  high. 

sky,  Wav-ing  wan   -  d'rers 


-x=w- 


I    '  I 


Brightly  gleams  our  banner,    Pointing  to  the   sky.       Waving  w^ind'rers  onward  To  their  home  on  high. 


Wo.  NORFOLK 

-J- 


L.  M. 


'p:b:g=:5z 


1.  Sweet  is      the    work,  my    God,  my  King,  To  praise  Thy   name,  give  thanks,  and  smg; 

2.  Sweet  is      the     day      of       sa  -  cred  rest,   No   mor  -  tal     care  shall    seize     my  breast ; 


:t=: 


To    show  Thy 
O     may  my 

love  by 
heart  in 

ll^  *^ 

morn  -  ing 
tune  be 

light,  And 
found.  Like 

1 

talk  of 
Da  -  vid's 

F  r 

all  Thy 
larp  of 

f=2  ^  

truth  at 
sol  -  emn 

--^  P 

night, 
sound. 

 1  3  — 

-o  w — 

1  i 

Senior  Gbade. 
no.  days  and  moments  quickly  flying. 


-A-A- 


127 


1.  Days  and  mo-ments  qaick-ly      fly  • 

2.  Je   -   sas  in  -  fi  -  nite    Re  -  deem 


Blend  the  liv  -  ing  with  the  dead  ; 
Mak  -  er   of    this  might-y  frame. 


m 


3.  Whence  we  came,  and  whither     wend  -  ing. 


Soon    we  must  thro'  darkness  go, 


Soon  shall  we,  who  sing,  be  ]y 
Teach,   oh,  teach    us     to      re  -  mem 


ber 

r 


Each  with  -  in  his  nar  -  row  bed. 
What     we    are,    and  whence  we    came : 


To       in  -  her  -  it     bliss   un  -  end 

After  last  stanza,  pp  f 


ter  -  ni   -   ty      of  woe. 


Lite  passeth  soon :  death  draweth 


near:    Keep  us,  good  Lord,  till  Thou  ap  -  pear;   With  Tliee  to  live, 


ff 


I 

lenta 


-s^ 

with  Thee    to  die. 


1^- 


With  Thee    to     reign  thro'  e 


ni  -  ty! 


r — r 


?»^o.  S-i'T.    I   AM   NOT  WORTHY. 

"  The  Centurion  answered  and  said,  Lord,  I  am  not  worthy  that  thou  shouldst  come  under  my  roof ;  but  speak  the  word  only, 
and  thy  servant  shall  be  healed."  PK-H. 


II' 

1.  I        am      not     wor  -  tliy,     ho    -    ly    Lord,  That  Thou  shouldst  come    to      me ; 

2.  Oh    come !     in     this   sweet   morn  -  ing  -  hour.  Feed   me       with      food    di  -  vine ; 


Speak 
And 


I 

but 
fill 


the  word,  one  gra  -  cious  word  Can  set  the  sin  -  ner  free, 
with    all      thy    love     and    power  This    worth -less   heart     of  mine. 


128 


The  Choeal  Union. 


Note. — Before  studying  the  following  five  pages,  review  pages  81  to  90  inclusive. 
INo.  JESUS    WEPT.  Arr.  by  H.  R.  Palmer. 


1.  Je  .  sus  wept !  those  tears  are    o  -  ver, 

2.  Je  -  sus  wept !  and  still  in    glo  -  ry 

3.  Je  -  sus  Wrfpt !  that  tear  of    sor-  row 


But  His  love  is  still  the  same  ;  Kinsman,  Friend,  and 
He  must  mark  tlie  mourner's  tear,  Lov  -  ing  to  re- 
Is     a     leg  -  a  -  -cy    of  love,    Yes  -  ter  -  day,  to- 


eld  -  er    Brother,     Is    His  ev  -  er  -  last  -  ing  name.  Sav  -  iour,  who     can    love  like  Thee, 
trace  the    sto  -  ry       Of  the  hearts  He  strengthened  here.  Je  -  sus,  while  Thou  call  -  est  me, 
day,  to  -  mor-row.    He  the  same  does  ev  -  er  prove.    Thou  art    all      in      all      to  me. 


Weeping  One  of  Beth-a 
Let  me  think  of  Beth-a 
Lov- ing  One    of  Beth-a 


Weeping  One,  Weeping  One,  Weeping  One  of  Beth-a  -  ny? 
Let  me  think.  Let  me  think,  Let  me  think  of  Beth-a  -  ny. 
Lov  -  ing  One,  Lov-  ing  One,  Lov-  ing  One    of  Beth-a  -  ny. 


Copyrighted,  1878,  by  H.  R.  Pi 


]Vo.  Si40.    COMMUNION.     C.  M 

J.  G.  TOWUSEND. 
■t^^  r-^  


F.  W.  McCoT. 


1.  How  sure 

2.  The     sol  ■ 

3.  The  stars 


l7 
emn 
that 


are 
hills  or 
slow  -  ]y 


led  to 
ev   -  'ry 


I       !           '  —  I 

Him;  We    pierce  ttese  walls   of  stone, 

side,  The     heav  -  ens  broad  and  blue, 

sky.  The    morn  -  ing  song    of  birds, 

1^  I 


We  moan  in  ag  -  o 
The  roll  -  ing  in  of 
The  pearl  -  y      wa  -  ters 


of  sin,  Tet  know  we're  not  a  -  lone, 
cean    tide,      The   glist  -  'ning  globes    of  dew. 

Are    but      His    lov  -  ing  words. 


Sekiob  Grade.  129 


ISo.  SSO. 

Met.  J  = 

THE   BELLS  OF  LIFE. 
=  73. 

Are.  and  titt«0t«d  by  H. 

1.  The 

morn-ing  bells  of    life  are  ring-ing 

All     a  -  round  the  smil  -  ing  eart'n  ;  And 

2.  The 

noon -day  bells  of    life  are    peal  -  ing  '. 

lonnd  the  globe   a     bus  -  j   song  ;  Their 

— ^  ^— V- — ' 

3.  The 

((»)±  1L  J.  '* — 1 

^    ^    ^   -ir-^   ^  ^ 

eve-  ning  bells  of    life    are   roll  -  ing  ' 
— ^  m  PS  s-H* — 1 

 ^— *     ^  -J- 

iound  the  world  their  sad    re  -  frain  ;  With 

-f—m—-  N  V 

gen  -  tie     mu  -  sic   they  are  fling-ing 

#^t^ — N    is  ^  

1  '^—^  ^  ' 

On  glad  hearts  that  love   its  mirth. 

Bim,  bom. 

stir  -  ring,  gi  -  ant  tones  are  steal-ing 

OW  a     care-worn,  trust-  y  throng. 

Bim,  bom. 

*           *    -iL   J"  ^ 

slow  and  sol  -  emn  meas-ure   toll  -  ing 

^— «— ^ — f^H»» — ^ 

Hp'  1,*!  ^  

Hu  -  man  life's  de  -  part-  ing  train. 

Bim,  bom, 

ECHO.^ 


 cip  i  ^Y-  ^  

The  morn-ing  bells  of   life    are   ring  -  ing,    Bim,    bom,  bell,    Bim,  bom,  bell. 


bell.         The    eve  -  ning  bells  of   life   are   roll  -  ing,    Bim,    bom,   bell,    Bim,  bom,  bell. 


*  This  Echo  may  be  produced  with  closed  lijiil^ltliiiiiiiili^).  or  by  a  company  in  an  adjoining  room. 


130 


The  Choeal  Uniott. 


No.  SSI.    THE  HUNTERS. 
A.  J.  P. 

N    I  .-J- 


^     '  '  >  >    I  ^  , 

1.  Hap-py  is  the  hunter's  ]ife,  Frank  and  free;  In  the  fresh  and  dew  -  y  morn,  Roused  by  onll  of 

2.  Hap-py  is  the  hunter's  life,  Brave  and  bold!  Dash-ing  on  with  dauntless  mind.  Leaving  fretting 


hound  and  horn,  Off   they  ride  with  shout  apd  glee.  Off  they  \ 
cares  be  -  hind.  Still    by  dan-ger  un-con-troU'd,  Still  by  d 

ide  with  shout  and  glee  !  Hal  -  lo !  hal 
an  -  ger  un-con-troU'd  !     Hal  -  lo  !  etc. 

Tra  la  la  la   la  la  la  la  la  la  la  la. 


•  Sing  tlie  Kefrain  twice ;  first  time  pp,  second  tlme^. 


IVo.  OLD  JOHN  CROSS.  Round. 


%-»—r—r—r—^-  at 

t± — 1 — I — I — — — I — 


-I — \ 


-\ — 


Old  John  Cross  kept  the  vil-lage  day-school.  And  a  queer  old  man  was   he,  was   he,  For 


spared  not  the  rod,  and  be  kept  the  old  rule,  As  he  beat  in  the    A,     B,     C,     A,    B,    C  j 


Ev  -  ery  let-ter  in  the  lit- tie  boy's  nod  -  die  Was    driv'n  as  fast,    as    fast  could  be;  So 


Old   John  Cross  kept  the  vil  -  lage  day-school.  And  a  queer  old   man  was    he,  was 


Senior  Grade. 


131 


No.  NIGHT! 
T.  F.  Sewaed. 


LOVELY  NIGHT 


Arr.  ftom  Mbmdelssohn  by  T.  F.  Seward. 


--]—■!- 


-   if  Night,  love  -ly  niglit !  I  sing  tliy  wondrous  beauty  ;  Stars  shin-ing  bright  O  -  ver  field  and  flower  ; 

\   Per- fumes,  so  rare,  From  blossoms  sweet  ascending.  Fill  all    the  air  Like  a  fra  -  grant  bower. 
2    (  Bright  -  ly  the  moon  O'er  hill  and  Val  -  ley  shin  -  ing,  Robes  ev  -  ery  tree  With  its  sil  -  very  light ; 
■  (  Soon,  ah !  too  soon  Her  pearl  -  y  rays  de  -  clin  -  ing.  Leave  in  its  dark  -  ness  The  si  -  lent  night. 


No  glare     of     day     can       e  -  qual  thee.  Thou  dark 


si   -  lent    mys  -  ter  -  y ; 


-It— ti 


TVo.  SOFT   AND  LOW. 

Andantino. 


1.  Soft  and  low,  I  breathe  my  passion, Will  she  wake  and  bless  my  sight ;  Ah  !  if  dreams  her  form  might 

2.  Dost  thou  smile,  my  love  disdaining,  While  in  chill  ing  midnight's  spite  ?  Here  I  wait,  of  thee  com- 

3.  Far  from  Love,  o'er  plain  and  riv-er,  Late  I  rushed  in  headlong  flight ;  Oh  !  he  followed  ev  -  er, 

4.  L  aveme  not  in  darkness  pining.  From  thy  curtain 'd  window's  height :  Let  one  look  of  pit  -  y 


4  1  


fash 
plai 


shin 


-ion.  How  un-welcome  were  the  light ; 
l  ing  To  the  stars  so  cold  and  bright ! 
er.  Vain  is  speed  a-gainst  his  might : 
ing,  Warm  my  heart  to  new  de-light : 


Fairest,  speak,  and  say  good  night.  And  say  good  night. 
Oh  !  re  -  lent !  and  say  good  night.  And  say  good  night. 
Here  I  yield  !  Oh !  one  good  night,  Oh  !  one  good  night. 
Let  me  hear  One  sweet  good  night,  One  sweet  good  niglit, 

n 


132 

P 


The  Choeal  Union. 


TVo.  vox   DILECTI.    C.  M. 

HORATI0S  BoNAB.  roll.  ^  wf  tempo. 


i>  r   I ■    '  r  '      '  "        "     r  i 

I  heard  the  voice  of  Je  -  sus  say,  "  Come  un  -  to  Me  and  rest ;  Lay  down,  thou  weary 
I  heard  the  voice  of    Je  -  sus  say,    "Be  -  hold !  I    free  -  ly  give      The   liv -  ing   water ; 


r 

3.    I  heard  the  voice 


of'^'je  - 


I   am  this  dark  world's  Light ;  Look  un  -  to   Me  ;  thy 


P 


one,  lay  down  Thy  head  up  -  on  My  breast ; 
thirst  -  y  one !  Stoop  down,  and  drink,  and  live : 


I  came  to  Je  -  sus  as  I  was,  Wea  • 
I    came  to   Je  -  sus,  and     I  drank  Of 


morn  shall  rise.    And  all   thy  day    be    bright ; 


I   looked  to    Je  -  sus,  and    I    found  In 


f 

w — * 

tJ  -9 

0 



ry,  and  worn,  and  sad  ;  I  found  in  Him  a  resting-place,  And  He  has  made  me  glad, 
that  life  -  giv  -  ing  stream  ;   My  thirst  was  quenched,  my  soul  revived,  And  now  I     live    in  Him. 


r 

Him,  my  Star,  my   Sun  ;      And,  in  that  light  of     life,  I'll  walk  TiU   trav'ling  days   are  done. 


IVo.  SSG.    DAYMAN.  lOs. 


Joseph  Barnbt,  1870. 


1.  Hon  -  or  and  glo  -  ry,  thanks-giv-ing  and  praise,    Mak  -  er    of   all  things,  to  Thee  we  up  -  raise ; 

2.  Thou  art  the  Fa-ther   of   heav-en  and  earth.  Worlds  un  -  ere  -  at  -  ed    to  Thee  own  their  birth ; 


t — r 


I  I 


-I  u 


^_  ^       ^-  i^- 

God  the  Al- mighty,  the  Pa-ther,  the  Lord ;  God  by  the  an -gels  o-beyed  and  a  -  dored. 
All  the  ere  -  a  -  tion.  Thy  voice  when  it  heard,     Start-ed   to   life  and  to   light  at    Thy  word. 


Senior  Geade.  X33 

Note. — Before  studying  the  following  five  pages,  review  page  91  to  99,  inclusive. 

IVo.  SST".    FATHER,  WE'LL  REST  IN  THY  LOVE.— Sentence. 
Vmy  Slmly.  ^  H.  R.  Pa 


Father,  -we'll  rest  in  Thy  love.  Father,  we'll  rest  in  Thy  love,  Father,  we'll  rest. 


rest  in  Thy 


Father,  we'll  rest  in  Thy  love.  Father,  we'll  rest  in  Thy  love. 


•| — I — h 
Father,  we  will  rest  in  Thy 


1 


-! — ^ — t- 
love,    Father,  we'll  rest 


rest   in    Thy   love,    Rest  in       Thy  love. 


Father,  we'll  rest  in  Thy  love. 


"I" 

Fa-ther,  we  will  rest  in    Thy    love.    Father,  we'll  rest  in  Thy  love. 


m 


No.  HUTCHINSON. 


A.  C.  GUTTEKSON. 


1.  Bu-ry  thy  sorrow.  The  world  has  its  share  ;    Bu-ry    it    deep-ly.   Oh,  hide  it    with  care. 


 \ — ^  1  1 — "-h  n 

2.  Hearts  grow  a-wea-ry.  With  heavi  -  er   woe,  Droop  'mid  the  darkness,  Gro,  com-fort  them,  go ! 


134 


The  Choral  Uiaoir. 


ISo.  S>S3.    LORD   GOD   OF   MY  SALVATION. 

Rev.  H.  F.  Ltte. 


3.  Wesley,  Mns.  Doc 


feL4Z]  ^ — 

,  1  4 

Eg — 

L^— J — J — ^- 

1.  Lord  God  of     my  sal  -  va  - 

2.  Thy  wrath  lies  hard  up  -  on 

3.  No !  banished  and  heart-brok 


tion, 
nae. 


To  Thee,  to  Thee  I  cry ; 
Thy  hU.  -  lows  o'er  me  roll ; 
My  soul  still  clings  to    Thee  ; 


Oh  let    my   sup  -  pli  - 

My  friends  all  seem  to 
Thy  prom-ise  Thou  hast 


i 


ca  -  tion 
shun  me, 
spok  -  en 

-ft=2  2?- 


m 


Ar  -  rest  Thine  ear  on  liigli. 
And  foes  be  -  set  my  soul. 
Shall  still   my   ref  -  uge  be. 


Dis  -  tress  -  es  round  me  thick  -  en.  My 
Wher-e'er  on  earth  I  turn  me^  No 
So      r-^s-ent    ills    and    ter  -  rors  May 


life  draws  nigh  the  grave ;  De-scend,  O  Lord,  to  quick  -  en,  De-scend  my  soul  to  save, 
com- fort -er  is  near;  Wilt  Thou  too.  Fa  •  ther,  spurn  me?  Wilt  Thou  re  -  fuse  to  hear? 
fu  -  ture  joy    in -crease  :  And  scourge  me  from  my  er  -  rors    To   du  -  ty,   hope,  and  peace. 


TSTo.  S60.    MADISON.     L.  M. 


C.  Gpttebsoit. 


m 


1.  There    is      a    calm    for     those  who  weep,     A      rest  for   wea  -  ry    pil  -  grims  found ; 

2.  I       long  to     lay     this     pain-ful    head.     And    ach  -  ing  heart   be  -  neaf.h  the  soil; 


■i — r 


^  4  a^^a^-fcl  i 

tj    ^  ~ 

They   soft  -  ly 
To  slumber 

lie,     and  sweet-ly 
m       that  dreamless 

sleep.    Low    in    the  ground,  Low    in    the  ground, 
bed.     From  all    my    toil,     From  all    my  toil. 

^                   M-       -      ^          -         _                „  . 

^"  ^=[-1*  ^— 

-u,  1  ^ —  F 

1  1  ^  j  M  ^          ^—p  ^  

Senior  Grat^. 


135 


No.  S61.    O  PARADISE. 
Eev  P.  W.  Fabbe. 


JOSKPH  BaBNBT. 


1.  O    Par  -  a  -  dise,  O    Par  -  a  -  dise,  Who  doth  not  crave  for   rest?  Who  would  not  seek  the 

2.  O    Par  -  a  -  dise,  O    Par  -  a  -  dise,  The  world  is    grow  -  ing  old  ;    Who  would  not  be  at 

3.  Lord  Je  -  sua  King  of  Par  -  a  -  dise,   Oh  keep  me    in    Thy  love,    And  guide  me  to  that 


^       I-  L 

- 

Where  loy  -  al  hearts  and  true 
1,11, 


i 


3=^ 


hap 
rest 
hap 


py    land  Where  they  that   lov'd  are  blest?) 
and  free  Where  love    is     nev  -  er    cold  ?  >  Where  loy 
bove ; ) 


al  hearts  and  true  Stand 


py    land    Of    per  -  feet  rest 


er     in    the  light,    All    rap  -  ture  thro'  and  thro',  In  God's  most  h(|    -    ly  sight. 


No.  SeJ2.  ORPHA. 

Grave. 


m. 


1.  Keep  me  from  faint  -  ing      in     my  pray'rs,  When  to    Thy  foot  -  stool.  Lord,  I 

2.  Kin  -  die    a     flame     of     love   and    zeal,   While  wrest-ling  for   the    grace  I 


f=2  


My  soul  with  God  would  leave  new  cares,  And  hope. . ,  for  mer 
Bring  me  by  faith  with  -  in     tne    vail,  And  help          me     ar  ■ 


-r 

cy  from  the 
dent  -  ly  to 


throne, 
plead. 


136 


The  Choral  Union. 


r^o.  Se3.    ST.  ^LRED. 

GoDPRBT  Thring,  1858. 


8s  &  3. 


John  B.  Dtkbs,  ibos. 


1.  Fierce  raged  the      tem  -  pest   o'er      tlie     deep,     Watcli  did  Thiue  anx  -  ious    serv  -  ants 

2.  "  Save,  Lord,  we      per  -  ish,"  was     their    cry,       "  Oh  save    us     in       our       a    -  go - 

3.  The  wild  winds  hushed ;  the    an    -   gry    deep        Sank,  like   a     lit   -   tie    child,  to 


J.  J. 


So,    when  our     life      is    cloud   -   ed  o'er. 


And  storm-winds  drift     us   from  the 


i 


keep,  But  Thou  wast  wrapped  in  guileless  sleep, 
ny!"  Thy  word  a  -  hove  the  storm  rose  high, 
sleep  ;    The  sul  -  len  hil  -  lows  cease  to  leap. 


Calm  and 
Peace,  be 
At  Thy 


still. 

still." 

will. 


shore.    Say,  lest  we  sink   to    rise    no    more,    "  Peace,  be 


im 


men. 


]Vo.  Se4.  SING-SING. 

Bases  and  Altos  steady,  firm  and  deliberate. 


Senior  Geade. 


137 


No.  SeS.    BILLETER.     L.  M. 

Modemto. 


Att.  from  Bellethr  by  S.  L.  Fish. 


1.  Come,  O 

2.  En-tlironed 


r — .    .  ,  , 

my  soul,  in  sa  -  cred  lays,  At  -  tempt  thy  ^reat  Cre  -  a  -  tor's  praise ; 
a  -  mid    the    ra  -  diaut  spheres,  He,  glo  -  ry     like,   a      gar  -  ment  wears ; 


de  -  vo  -  tion's  loft 


y    wing.    Do   thou,  my 


His   glo  -  ries  sing ; 


But  oh,  what  tongue  can  speak  His  fame,  What  mor  -  tal  verse  can  reach  the  theme. 
To     form    a     robe     of    light    di  -  vine.    Ten  thou  -  sand  suns    a  -  round  Him  shine. 


mi 


_*=c  t_t^=t_t|  ^_J:^i — .  1: — t=t:l,        ,      ,        ,  , 

And  let  His  praise  em  -  ploy  thy  tongue.  Till  list  -  'ning  worlds  shall  join  the  song. 
 r — I  -f-Z^  r-n        i   ■  —  r"-^— *-r^  m-^(=^- 


Copyright,  1879,  by  H.  R.  Palmer. 

Note. — Before  studying  the  following  five  pages,  review  pages  100  to  106,  inclusive. 


IS"o.  SeO.    EDWARDS.     L.  M. 
Inscribed  to  his  friend  Kev.  Jesse  Edwabds. 


H.  E.  Palmer. 


1.  Great  God,  to    Thee    my    eve  -  ning  song    With  hum-ble   grat  -  i  -  tude      I      raise ; 

2.  My  days  un  -  cloud  -  ed     as      they  pass.     And   ev  -  ery    on  -  ward  roll  -  ing  hour  ; 


3.  With  hope  in    Thee   mine  eye  -  lids  close,    With  sleep  re  -  fresh    my  fee 


frame  ; 


!     1  J 

Oh  let  Thy 
Are  mon  -  u  - 

mer  -  cy 
ments  oif 

tune  my 
won  -  drous 

tongue, 
grace, 

And  fill  my 
And  wit-ness 

heart  with 
to  Thy 
r-l — 1  h 

live  -  ly  J 
love  and 

3E=:: 
. 

raise, 
jower. 

1 

Safe  in  Thy 

care  may 

-A  A 

I        re  - 

pose. 

And  wake  with 

prais  -  es 

rn — \ — 'n 

to  Thy 

Qame. 

\ 

138 


The  Choral  Unioit. 


No.  SOr.  TWILIGHT, 
&ABiNii  Babing-Gotod,  1865. 


6s  &  5s. 


2  Jesus,  give  the  weary 

Calm  and  sweet  repose, 
Witli  Thy  tend'rest  blessing 
May  our  eyelids  close. 

3  When  the  morning  wakens, 

Then  may  we  arise 
Pure,  and  fresh,  and  sinless. 
In  Thy  holy  eyes.  Amen. 


eve-ning  Steal  a  -  cross 


the  sky. 


IVo.  SeS.     WE   LOVE   THE   PLACE,   O  GOD. 

HeNRT  WILLIAM3  BAKBB. 

■     4  ,  .-^-..-l  


John  Staineb. 


1.  We  love  the  place,  0     God,..    Wherein  Thine  hon- or  dwells;  The  joy   of    Thine  a 

2.  We  love    to   sing   be  -  low, . .      For   mer-cies    free  -  ly   given ;    But  oh !  we  long  to 


I      ^  t         I  "I 

bode    All  earthly  joys    ex  -  eels.      We  love  the  Word  of   Life,      The  Word  that  tells  of 
know  The  triumph-song  of   heaven.    O    Lord,  now  give  us  grace      On     earth  to   love  Thee 


=tt^=tr.-±=t  p-ltr=H_^^_4— ^  [— H  l^-^t^-i  t=|i: 


peace.  Of  com  -  fort  in  the  strife, 
more.         In      heaven  to      see     Thy  face. 


And  joys  that  nev  -  er  cease. 
And    with  Thy   saints   a  -  dore. 


Senior  Geade. 


139 


No.  £Je9.    ABT.  7s. 

Kev.  Thos.  Raffles. 
Legato. 


Ait.  from  Abt,  by  S.  L.  Fish. 

PP 


1.  Sov'reign  Rul  -  er.  Lord    of   all,....    Prostrate  at    Thy   feet    I  fall;    Hear,  oh  hear,  my 


2.    Vil  -  est  of   the    sods    of   men, . .    Worst  of   reb  -  els     I   have  been ;    Oft     a-bused  Thee 
P  w  ^ — ^  ^  PP 


3.   But  with  Thee  is    mer  -  cy  found,..    Balm  to  lieal  my     ev  -  'ry  wound;  Soothe,  oh  soothe  this 
■0  ^  ,  


ar  -  dent  cry.  Frown  not,  lest   I    faint  and  die,..    Frown  not,  lest   I    faint  and  die. 


to  Thy  face.  Trampled  on  Thy  rich  -  est   grace.   Trampled  on  Thy  rich  -  est  grace. 


troubled  breast.  Give  the  wear  -  y  wand'rer  rest. 


m 


Give  the  wear-y    wan  -  d'rer  rest. 


-I — '-r 


Copyright,  18T9,  by  H.  E.  ] 


ISo.  S^O.    SCHAUFFLER.    8s  &  7s. 


Arr.  from  Beethoybn  by 

'  4- 


1.  Al  -  ways  with  us, 

2.  With   us  when  we 


al 
toil 


ways  with  us, — Words  of  cheer,  and  words  of 
in      sad-ness.    Sow  -  ing  much,  and     reap  -  ing 


love ;. . . 
none ; . . 


-0-l>-t-  l-r— 1 

J  ^  J  L-;^-^  1  J 

— — P^- 

 J^z 

— 

^  r  r  "             '  • 

This,  the  ris  -  en  Sav  -  iour  whis  -  pers  From  His  dwell -ing  -  place  a  ■ 
Tell  -  ing    us     that      in      the      fu  -  ture  Gold  -  en    har  -  vests    shall  be 


bove. 
won. 


i 


Copjrright,  1884,  by  H.  R. 


140  The  Choeal  Uotoit. 

tvo.  on  jordan's  stormy  banks. 


-f^^A.  T 

1-  1  T-^  i5-i5-fj- 

1  ^  n 

1.  On 

Jor  -  dan's    storm  -  y  t 

anks  1 

stand.  And   cast      a    wish  -  ful 

-=^^^^^^ 

 bm  b_  ^-1  1  1  1  

— 

— - 

= 

1 

1 

1  ^ 

r 

■hi-. 


\  \- 


III  II 

To    Ca  -  naan's  fair    and      hap  -  py     land,  Where  my   pos  -  ses  -  sions  lie. 


TSTo.  S^S. 

Andante. 


SERENADE.     (For  Male  Voices.) 


1.  Oh,  why  art  thou  not  near 

2.  Soft  heaves  the  o-cean's   bil - 


me, 
low, 


my  love,  The  stars  would  mildly  cheer  thee, 
my    love,    Wilt  thou  not  leave  Ihy  pil  -  low. 


3.  My  heart  is   al  -  most  rend-ing,   O   my    love,    With  grief  and  joy  con  -  tend  -  ing, 


-J- .    J*  J 


rcr  

O  my    love;  The  moon,  now  dim  -  ly   glow  -  ing,  Her  light  is   dim  -  ly  throwing 

O  my   love?    I     wan-der  forth  de  -  spair  -    ing.  To  niarht  my  woes  de  -  clar  -  ing 

O  my    love  :  Thy  love    I    e'er  shall  cher  -    ish.  Till  all  things  else  shall  per  -  ish 


Good  night, . .  my  sweetest  love. 
Solo.  ,  , 


Good    night,    my  sweetest  love, 


^   I  I 

Good  night, 

PP 


good  night. 


good  night, 


Good  night,  my  love. 


Senior  Grade. 


141 


TSo.&'TS.  BOUNDING  BILLOWS 


krt.  by  H.  B.  PAMTEll. 


1.  Bounding  billows,  cease  your  motion,  Bounding  billows,  cease  yourmotiou.  Bear  menotso  swiftly,  bear  me 

2.  Far    I  go,  wherefaithmayleadme,  Far  I  go,  where  faith  may  lead  me,  Far  a-eross  the  troubled  deep,  a- 

3.  Not   a  sigh  shall  tell  my  sto-ry,    Not  a  sigh  shall  tell  my  sto-ry,  Not  one  tear  my  cheek  shall  stain,iu) 


:p  F-— r  *-  

i^^r:=E-:^  

Bwift  -  ly  o'er; 

Cease  thy     roar  -  ing, 

bam  -  y         o    -  cean, 

Cease  thy 

troub  -  led  deep; 

:at—    :m-      .tb  -j 

Where  no     stran  -  ger's 
:*       *       (B.  J 

:^  rj- 
ear      can      heed     me,  ^ 
 f  J:  

Vhere  no 

cheek  shall  stain, 

Si  -  lent     grief  shall 
-F— ,*   ^»   ^   F:   b?  t? 

— t=iz_r—  — 

be       my      glo  -  ry, 

Si  -  lent 
rff 

^-^-^-^^  d-h^-^-^-^  " 

^  V       ^  ^ 

not  Bo  Bwift-ly  o'er;Ceftsethyroaring,foamyoceanBoundingbillow8,ceaseyourmotion,Cea8ethyroariMg, 
cross  the  troubled  deep,  Where  no  stranger's  ear  can  heed  mo  Far  I  go,  where  fate  may  lead  me,  Where  no  stranger'i 
tear  my  cheek  shall  stain ;  Si-lent  grief  shall  be  my  glo  -  ry ,  Not  one  sigh  shall  tall  my  sto  -  ry,  Silent  griel  ahall 


 ]  ^ 

roar  -  ing,  i 

U|  1  1  -.  

oam  -  y         o  -  cean. 

I       will     tempt  thy  i 

age    no  more. 

stran  -  ger's 

— ^ — 1 

^  •  :J:  

ear      can     heed     me,  "V 

^   ^  ^  5/ 

Vhere    no       eye  for 

2ZiE^ 

me     shall  weep. 

grief  shall 

_)  -j  1  ^  1 

be      my     glo   -  ry,  ( 

■■  is  ^       !>■  K  ^  ^^ 

3rief    that    stoops  not 

to     com  -  plain. 

foam-y  ocean,  Cease  thy  roaring,  foem-y  o-e«in;Iwilltenttptaiyragenomore,willtemptthyn^renomore. 
«Br  can  heed  me.  Where  no  stranger's  ear  can  hsed  me,  Where  no  eye  for  me  shall  weep,  no  eye  for  me  shall  weep^ 
IM    mj  glo-ry,  Si-lent  grief  shaU  be  my  gio-ry,  Qrief  that  stoopa  set  tseompiain,  that  stoops  no  to  taaffak 


142  The  Choeal  UisrioN. 

IVo,  SJT^-.    PARTING   HYMN.       (Ladies  may  sing  first  Tenor  as  an  Alto.) 

Fbank  E.  Cook.  J.  M.  Kobth. 


 ^=^-1- — \f  a— £^-t=— ^ — V— — —  =^ 


1?    1  1^ 

1.  See     the     ship,  th 

2.  We     must  soon  en 

3.  Why  should  we  giv 

^  ^  1  ^        ^     P  — ' 

3    tern  -  pest     round   her.       See     the    Storm  -  king  rend  each 

-  bark,      up   -   oa       the      Dark   and   storm  -  y    sea  of 
e    way       to        sor  -  row?    Fate    but    seeius    our  course  to 

h     4*-    4^-,  J  Pi—   -^^  — 1  -Js —  ^ 

 a*-- i  1  ^— — art— -^-T—:M~m-^—^--{ 

-4— -a^ 

4.  Then,  fare  -  well !    ye      an   -   cient     ech  -  oes.      Heard  with  -  in        our  school-house 


sail;   Lost    her     helm,    the  barque  must  found- er,     'Midst  the     mad   and 

life;   Guard  her    helm,    and  watch -ful     shun  the    Oalms  and    rocks   with 

stay;   Je  -  sus    died,     but    on       the     mor  -  row    An  -    gels   roU'd   the 

 F=  ^  ^_cz«^ — m — — l?_t=p  ^  1  ^-L-U-^  k — 

halls ;  ^a.  -  ture's   un  -  learned  les      sons    beck  -  on,     Life       is      short,  and 


Na  -  ture's     un  -  learned  les  -  sons  beck 


'Midst  the  mad. 


^^^^ 

rocks 
roll'd 

*    ^     >    J-  '  -JS- 

— p- 
■-r  — ' 

gale, 
rife, 
way. 

1       3    ll*        1       8    »<»        1       3  IK" 

'Midst  the    mad    and  moan-ing 
Calms  and  rocks  with  dangers,  etc. 
An  -  gels  roll'd  the  stone  a  -  etc. 

m      ft.  A 

*  1 

short 

and    du   -  ty 

calls. 

Life    is   short,   and  du  -  ty,  etc. 

and  moan  -  ing  gale. 


1                       r                     1       3    >       1       3    1**       !       3  > 

gale,                           'Midst  the  mad    and  moan-ing 

gale,  the 

-J 

moan  -  ing  gale. 

By  pemiMion  of  •. 


Senior  Gkadb.  143 
ivo.  jsjt's.   hail,  gladdening  light. 


John  Kbble. 

.       Before  studying  the  foil 

owing  three 

1  ] 

pages,  r 

eview  jiage  94. 

Dr 

1 

Joan  STAinoc. 

tJ 

Hail !  gladdening  Liglit,  of  His  pure 
^  C2 

glo  -  ry 

poured, 

Who  is  tlie  immortal 
 'S'-Si  

Fa-tber, 

leav'nly,  blest, 
re-SSzj:'=— B 

=4 

1  1 

1  

r  -1  — j- 

1 

Ho  -  li  -  est    of    Ho-lies— Je- sus  Christ,  our    Lord  !  Now  we  are  come  to  the  Sun's  hour  of  rest, 


I     I     '     I  I 


/  I  ! 


3: 


The  lights  of  evening  round  us  shine.  We  hymn  the  Fa-ther,  Son,  and  Ho  -  ly     Spir  -   it    di  -  vine  ! 


I  I 

Worthiest  art  Thou  at  all  times   to    be    sung  With  un  -  de  -  fil  -  ed   tongue.  Sou    of    our  God, 


crescendo,  ff 


Giver  of     life,     a  -  lone!  Therefore,  in  all  the  world,  Thy  glories,  Lord,  they  own.  A  -  men 


m 


144 


The  Choral  Uniow. 


]Vo.  ^TG.    ETERNITY.     P.  M 
D.  WuuTEB,  1648.   Tr.  Cath.  Winkwoeth,  1855. 
Grave.  r^ 


ObSBPH  E.  SWBETSEB,  1871.  (?) 


And  yet  to  thee  time  hastes  away,  Like  as  the  war-horse  to  the  fray,  Or  swift  as  couriers  homeward  go, 
As  long  as  God  is  God,  so  long  Endure  the  pains  of. .  .  hell  and  wrong,  So  long  the  joys  of  heaven  remain; 
O  man,full  oft  thy  thoughts  should  dwell  Upon  the  pains  of  sin  and  hell,    And  on  the  glories  of  the  pure, 


=1— P-| 

Or  ships  to  port,  or  s 
Oh,  lasting  joy  !  oh. 
That  do  beyond  all  t 

m  -  -=  =f 

haft  from 
ast  -  ing 
ime     en  - 

 1 

bow  ; 
pain ! 
dure ; 

^S-  -S-  -S-  1^  •  ^-^ 

Pon  der,    0  man,    e  - 
Pon-der,    0  man,   e  - 
Pon  der,    0  man,    e  - 

ter  -  ni  -  ty,    e  -  t 
ter  -  ni  -  ty,    e  -  t 
ter  -  ni  -  ty,     e  -  t 

er  -  ni  -  ty  1 
er  -  ni  -  ty ! 
er  -  ni  -  ty  1 

1 

1  V 

* 

* 

r 

IVo.  ^T'T'.    THE    REAPER   AND   THE  FLOWERS. 

May  be  used  during  the  Funeral  Services  of  Young  Children. 

Hbnbt  W.  LoNGrBixow. 


II 


Ad.  by  W.  Ltodbn,  by  per. 


i 


—M-  

There  is  a  Reaper,  whose  name  \ 
is  Death,  And  with  his  \ 


[e  reaps  the  bearded  grain ) 

at  a  breath.  And  the      )  flow'rs  that]  grow  be-!  t  ween. 


:c2z:ir: 


r— r 

8.  "  Shall  I  have  naught  that  is  fair  ?  "  saith  he  ; 
"  Have  naught  but  the  |  bearded  |  grain  ? 

3.  He  gazed  at  the  flow'rs  with  tearful  eyes.  He 

kissed  their  |  drooping  |  leaves ; 

4.  "My  Lord  has  need  of  these  flow'rets  gay," 

The  Reaper  |  said,  and  |  smiled  ; 

5.  "  They  shall  all  bloom  in  fields  of  light.  Trans- 

planted I  by  my  |  care, 

6.  And  the  mother  gave  in  tears  and  pain  The 

flowers  she  |  most  did  |  love ; 
1.  Oh.  not  in  cruelty,  not  in  wrath,  The  Reaper  | 
i  came  that  )  day  ; 


t 

Though  the  breath  of  these  flow'rs  is  sweet  to  me,  I'll 

give  I  them  all  |  back  a-  |  gain." 
It  was  for  the  Lord  in  Paradise,  He  |  bound  them  |  in 

his  I  sheaves. 

"  Dear  tokens  of  the  earth  are  they  Where  |  he  was  | 
once  a  |  child. 

And  saints  upon  their  garments  white  These  |  sacred  | 

blossoms  I  wear." 
She  knew  she  should  find  them  all  again  In  the  |  fields 

of  I  light  a-  I  bove. 
'Twas  an  angel  visited  the  green  earth.  And  |  took  the ) 

flow'rs  a-  I  way. 


Senioe  Grade. 


145 


IVo.  MY   HEAVENLY  HOME. 

Phcbbk  Caby.  *■  H.  R.  Pauheb. 


m  : — ^  

 1  ^  

 j 

 :S:  : 

Qg^  

o'er  and 
bur    -  dens 
might  of  my 

-      S  ' 

o'er ; 
down  ; 
faith  ; 

Let  me  feel  as  I  would  When  I  stand  on  the  .... 
r\                          r2  . 

\ 

ever  have 
Near  -  er 
rock    of  the 

r?'- — 

been  be- 
gaining  the 
shore  of 

-    f=  p 

fore  ; 
crown  ; 
death — 

:_S  1 

U^^U  ^ 

tJ 

-<s>- 

ma   -  ny 
down  — 
slip  -  ping 

r  f-  «■ 

man  -  sions 
through  the 
o'er  the 

be; 
night, 
brink, 

-SI- 

m —  = 

 IS  

1  L_c^  U 

'  1  

m 


Nearer  the  great  white  throne,. . . 
Is  the  deep  and  unknown  stream 
For  I  may  be  nearer  my  home  . . . 


I 

Near  -  er    the  I   crys    -    tal  1  sea. 

That  leads  at        last     to  the  light. 

Near  -  er    —      now  than  I  think. 


To  ie  sung  only  after  the 


stanza.       In  these  last  four  measures  Soprano  should  be  light  and  Alto 


J—l- 


i 


Home,  home,  sweet,  sweet 


There's  no  place  like 


.  There's  no  place  like  home, 
I 


146  The  Choeal  Unioit. 

EXERCISES   IN   RHYTHMICS.    Sing  first  by  syllables,  then  by  la.  H.  ».  P. 

]Vo.  3 TO.   


Senior  Grade. 

ISo.  SJOO.    so LFEGGIO.     All  voices  in  unison. 


147 


I 


TVo.  SOI.    EXERCISE  WITH   ITALIAN   VOWEL  SOUNDS, 
Pronounce  a  as  in  far  ;  e  like  a  in  fate ;  i  like  e  m  meet ;  o  as  in  note  ;  u  like  oo  in  m 


ISo.  SOLFEGGIO   FOR  TWO  VOICES. 

Sing  first  by  syllables,  then  by  ah. 
FmsT  Voice.        sempre  legato. 


Senior  Grade. 

EXERCISES,     First  sing  "la"  to  each  note,  then  the  entire  exercise  with  "  ah." 

IVo.  307. 


149 


Accompaniment  for  each  Exercise  on  lids  page. 


IVo.  305. 


IVo.  303. 


150 


The  Choeal  Union. 


nVo.  313.    CHOIR  AND   CHORUS  DRILL. 

[The  following  exercises  are  intended  for  ch«ir  or  chorus  drill ;  a  few  of  them  should  be  practised  at  the  coi»iinencemeiit  of  each 
rehearsal,  until  all  the  intervals,  progressious  aQd  mjdulatioas  are  thoroughly  understood.  The  intervals  in  each  exercise  should  be 
carefullj;  analyzed  by  the  class  before  attempting  to  sing  them.  Tb*se  exercises  will  be  found  to  involve  most  of  the  difficulties  in 
modulation  which  singers  are  likely  to  meet  with  iu  the  practice  of  choruses,  either  ancient  or  modem.   Use  aii  or  la.'\ 


1 

Q         \  \ 

\  1 

3 

4 

5 

1  1 

6 

 p-^-S"- 

7 

8 

T  r 



-fx  ^- 

^  ^  S2 

^  ^22= 

— 1 — 1— — 

9 

1( 

)  11 

12 

13 

_| 

14 

15  16 

— j— 1  

/TV 

17 

18 

J 

19  1 

20 

1    I  ^ 

21 

4  - 

J  n 

— J 

2£ 

24 

D    4    -J  ^ 

=^ 

r  r 

^  ^  ^  ■ 

J   cJ\f.^M 

26 


4_J- 


27 

-4—4- 


28 


Miscellaneous. 


151 


WHOM   SHALL  WE   LET  IN? 


pp 


N.  COE  Stewabt. 


Whom,  whom 


let  in? 


Whom,     whom        shall    we  le* 


1.  The  lov 


ers  of  pleas 


:S=tg 


ure.  To-day  ,   are  the  treas 


r.p=bBz::p=:p: 


1.  The  lov -ers  of   pleasure  To-day  are  the  treasure.  The  lov -ers   of    pleasure,  To-day  are  the 

N     N  S 

-m—m — p— p-^p— p-_p— p— p-  -   -  - 


J"  J"  5  J  *      i        k  k  u-  if  i      u»  "I         >   >   >  I 

treasure,  My  wishes  would  wiu,     And  they  may  come  in.  And  they,  and  they  may  come  in. 


All  eyes  that  can  glit-ter,  And  tongues  that  can  twitter,  A]l  eyes  that  can  glitter.  And  tongues  that  can 


W    k   k  If 

twitter.  All  such  mav  come  in, 


All  such  may  come  in,  All    such,  all  such  may  come  in. 


1.  And  they  maycomein,  And  they  may  comein, come  in,  come  in,...  And  they  may  come  in. 
3.  We'll  welcome  him  in,  We'll  welcome  him  in,  come  in,     come    in,...  We'll  wel  -  come  him  in. 


The  man  who  forever 
Himself  will  dissever,  :|| 
From  discord's  foul  sin. 
That  man  may  come  in. 
That  man,  that  man  may  come  in, 


[ :  Who  truth  is  pursuing. 
And  ever  eschewing,  :|| 
Deception's  base  gin. 
We'll  welcome  him  in, 
Welcone,  we'll  welcome  him  in,  etc. 


152 


The  Choral  Uisrioisr. 


JACK   AND   JILL.       (This  piece  is  intended  to  be  sung  twice  through  without  interlude.) 

Km  


SoPKAuo  &  Alto. 




All  Voices  m  Umsos. 


m 


1  


Jack  and  Jill     went  up     the  hill.     To  fetch    a   pail      of    wa  -  ter 


Jack  fell  down  and 


broke  his  crown.   And     Jill    came  turn  -  bling  af 


Goo 


sey,  goo     .  sey 


W — ^ — an — »i — 9i — w>—^ 


Hey,  did  -  die,  did  -  die,  the 


gan    -    -    der.  Oh,  whith-er  dost 


thou  wan  -  der  ? 

 ^- 


Up    -    -    stairs,  and 


Jill    came  tum  -  bling 
I  ^ 


Lit  -  tie  Jack  Hor  -  ner     sat  in 


Miscellaneous. 

JACK  AND  JILL.— Concluded. 


Eat  -  ing  his  Christ-mas     pie ;         He  put    in    his  thumb  and  pull'd  out   a    plum,  And  said, 
I  r 


^  ^  N  K  X 


— ^ — ^ — ^ — ^ — ^ — I 


,  1 

— - 

— ^ 

 m 

"  What  a  good  boy  am  I." 


Jack  and  Jill    went  up    the  hill.     To  fetch  a    pail  of 


All  Voices  in  Unison. 
ff  I  IS 


wa    -  ter  ;         Jack  fell  down  and  broke  his  crown,  And  Jill   came  turn  -  bling  af  -  ter. 


I  I 

1.  Hail   to    the  Queen  of  the    si  -  lent  night.  Shine  clear,  shine  bright,  Yield  thy  pen-sive  light ; 

2.  Dart  thy  pure  beams  from  thy  throne  on  high.  Beam  on,     thro'    sky,  Rob'd  in    a  -  zure  dye; 


Blithely  we  dance  in  thy  sil-verray,  Hap-pi-ly  pass-ing  the  hour  a  -  way.  Must  we  not 
We  laugh  and  sport  while  the  night-bird  sings.  Flapping  the  dew  from  his  sa-ble  wings  :  Sprites  love  to 


I  1^' 


1 — \^-^ 


154 


The  Chokal  Union. 


HAIL  TO   THE   QUEEN   OF   NIGHT.— Concluded. 


A—A- 


love  thee,  stilly  niglit,  Dress'd  in  thy  robes  of  blue  and  white  ?  Heaven's  arches  ring,  Stars  wink  and  sing, 
sport  in  the  still  moonlight,  Play  with  the  pearls  of  shadowy  night;  Then  let  us  sing,  Time's  on  the  wing. 


Hail,  si-leut  night !  Fai-ry  moonlight,  fai-ry  moonlight, 
«1 


P  -m-'W  -m-  W  -m-  W\ 
^  ^  >  > 

fai  ry,  fai-ry,  fai-ry  moonlight. 


Fair-y  moonlight,  fai-ry  moon 


1 

light. 


THE   LOST  LANDMARK. 
Solo.    May  he  sung  hy  a  smooth  base  voice. 


Words  by  Mrs.  Cornie  Laws  St.  John.    Music  by  H.  R.  Pauubb. 


1.  "  Which  way  shall  I  take  ?  "  shouts  a  voice  on  the  night,  "  I'm  a  pil-grim  a  -  wea  ried,  and  spent  is  my 

2.  "  Which  way  shall  I  take  for  the  bright  golden  span  That    bridges  the  wa-ters    so   safely  for 

3.  "See  the  lights  from  the  pal-ace  in    sil  -  ver  -  y     lines,  How  they  pencil  the  hedges    and  fruit-la-den 


--^—azjz 


light ;  And  I  seek  for  the  palace,  that  rests  on  the  hill.  But  between  us,  a  stream  lieth,  sullen  and  chill, 
man?  To  the  right?  to  the  left?  ah  me  !  if  I  knew — The  night  is  so  dark,  and  the  passers  so  few. 
vines — My    fortune !  my     ail !  for  one  tangled  gleam  That  sifts  thro'  the  lilies,  and  wastes  on  the  stream." 


iiifii 


Copyright,  J884,  by  H.  R.  Palmib. 


I  I  I 


Miscellaneous. 


155 


THE   LOST   LANDMARK. -Concluded. 

Chorus.    1st         Tenor.  May  be  sung  h/  ladies  in  the  tenor  voice,  tenors  singing  the  barytone. 


— I  

Near — near  thee,  my  son 
Barytone. 


1 — \ — 1 — r 

the  old  way-side  cross.   Like  a    gray  fri  -  ar    cowled,  in 


lichens  and  moss ;  And  its  cross-beam  will  point  to  the  bright  gold-en  span,  That  bridges  the 
-^--^  \-r  H*  ^e-r  f=  -r  »  ^-^-(•-pfS  r-H^— I-  ^- 


.    r — 

Coda  p2'        ^'^^9  after  last  stanza. 
S~\  1 


^—\  1 — ""I  1  f^-^i  °-\ —  h-^t^— I  1 — "V— I  ^ — "-F — ™ 


-|  V 

wa-ters     so    safe  -  ly     for   man.       That  bridges    the    wa-ters     so  safe-ly 


Ep£E?E?5E?: 


«EE£Eg 


WHEN   THE    HARVEST    IS  PAST, 
S.  F.  Smith. 


I.  H.  McGranahan. 


1.  When  the  harvest  is  past  and  the  summer  is  gone.  And  sermons  aad  pray'rs  shall  be  o'er  ;  When  the 

2.  When  the  ho -]y  have  gone  to  the  re-gions  of  peace.  To  dwell  in  the  mansions  a  -  bove  ;   When  their 

3.  Say,  O    sin-ner  that  liv  -  est  at    rest  and  se-cure.  Who  fear  est  no  trouble  to     come.     Can  thy 


beams  cease  to  break    of  the  blest  Sabbath  morn.  And  Je  -  sus  in-vites  thee  no    more  ; 

bar  -  mo  -  ny  wakes  in  tlie  ful  ness    of  bliss,  Their  song  to  the  Sav-iour  they  love, 

spir  -  it   the  swell-ings  of    sor-row    en  -  dure.    Or  bear  the  im  -  pen  -  i  -  tent's  doom  i 

-iS--  -m-  -m-  -I*-  -I*-      I  ^ — ^ 


When  the 


When  the  harvest,  the  harvest 


past,  And  the  summer, 

Copyright,  1884J  by  H.  H.  McGranahan. 


156 


The  Choeal  Union. 


WHEN   THE   HARVEST   IS   PAST.— Concluded. 

4 — ^-4f— I- 


wheat  and  the  tares,  When  the  judg  ment  ap  -  pears.   Oh,  which  shall  it    be    ev  -  er  -  more? 


IS; 


-| — r 


THOU   WILT   KEEP  HIM. 


L.  S.  I^ASON. 


^•4  ' 

-h^ — - 

1  1 

- 

^-r— 

— J- 

Thou  wilt  keep  him  in  per  -  feet  peace,  whose  mind  is    staid,  is   staid    on    Thee,    Be-cause  he 


I    I  I- 


r— r 


1 

^1 

-S 

3 

trusteth    in  Thee,  be-cause  he  trusteth  in...  Thee,  Thou  wilt    keep  him  in 


I  I 
Allegro. 


r — ^-r-r 


I— c 


Trust  ye     in  the   Lord,        in  the  Lord  for   ev  -  er ;     Trust  ye     in  the  Lord,        in  the 

-r-^-.-f^-  -f^^er^.  .  Tlfc=«=*:  " 


r — I — tif-?- 

Trust  ye 


Trust  ye 


Sri 


Lord      for  -  ev  -  er,         For      in   the    Lord,     in    the  Lord 


1 


Je  -  ho  -  vah  is 


Fo:- 


in    the  Lord 


ev  -  er- last  -  ing  strength,  is     ev  -  er  -  last  - ing  strength,  is     ev  -  er  -  last-ing  strength. 


By  pennlsslon  of  John  Church  k  Co, 


Miscellaneous. 


THOU   WILT   KEEP  HIM.  Concluded, 

Andante. 


157 


 ^-A —  J, — I  fe-^  1— J-r 


strong  in  the  Lord, 


He     will    com  -  fort  you,     and    re-com-pense  those  who 


trust  in   Him,   and     re  -  com  -  pense  those  who  trust  in    Him.       The  ransomed  of  the  Lord 


shall    re  -  turn, 


ran  -  somed  of     the  Lord    shall    re  - 


ran  -  somed  of     the  Lord    shall    re    -  turn, 


1 


^-4 


-J  V- 


i 


The            ran  -  somed  of     the  Lord  shall    re    -  turn, 
2--   If-— 


and 


ran-  somed  of     the    Lord    shall    re  -  turn, 
I  KIN 


shaAl    re  -  turn. 


le    -    -    lu  -  jah,  hal  -  le   -    lu     -    jah,    A     -  men. 


158  The  Choral  "Dnion. 

memoriks  of  gethsemane.  "companion  piece  to  memories  of  galilee/ 


Soprano  Solo.  Obligato. 


1.  When  the  south    -    wind,         soft  -  ly    blow  -  ing,      Gent  -  ly  sweep 

2.  Here  be  -  fel  the  trag  -  ic    sto    -  ry,       Fau  -  cy,  paint 

3.  It        is     done !      a  con  -  so  -  la    -    tion      Gen  -  tie  south 
Quartet  or  Semi-chokus.  :r==- 

'S  "CrTs  =  


the  qui  -  et 

the  scene  to 

-wind  sends  to 
cres. 


t  ^  ^  ^  ^  ^ 

Distinct      1.  When  the  south-wind,  soft-ly 

but         2.  Here    be  -  fel  " 
subdued.      3.  It        is    done !  a  con 

P 


 !S  ^s- 


"^nt  -  ly  sweeps  the  qui  -  et 
Fan  -  cy,  paint  the  scene  to 
Gen  -  tie   south  -  wind  sends  to 


-j  ^ 

sea....  Then     I  leave 

me, .  .  .  Faith  light  up 

me, . . .  Such     as  an 


Then  I  leave  my  tent  -  ed  dwell  -  ing,  leave  my  tent  -  ed 
Faith,  light  up  the  cen  -  tral  glo  -  ry,  light  the  cen  -  tral 
Sucli    as       an  -    gels  brought  the    sor  -  rowing  an  -  gels  brought  the 

:i:?^=^=*«i=:??:«=8?p=^jix:i=*p:-*— — i ' 


i 


3i 


Geth 
Geth 
Gefh 


There  I  bow 
In  the  dust 
Now      I  seek 


Thy 
my 


med  -    i  - 
blood  -  drjps 
tent    .  ed 


dwell-ing.  Go  -  iug  to 
glo  -  ry,  Je  -  sus  in 
8or-rowing  Je  -  bus  in 


Geth-sem  -  a  -  ne, 
Geth-sem  -  a 
Geth-sem  -  a 


There 
In 

Now 


I  bow 
the  dust 
I  seek 


in       med  ■ 

Thy  blood, 
my     tent  •■ 


Irops 

ed 


Miscellaneous. 

MEMORIES  OF  GETHSEMANE.  Concluded. 


159 


■  tioii,  'Neath  the  shade 
moistened, 'Neath  the  trees 
dwelling,  Where  Si  -  lo  - 


where 

that 

am's 


ol  -  ives  grow, 
saw  Thy  woe, 
wa  -  ters  flow: 


Think-ing  of  the 
Let    lue   meet  Thee, 
Stay  with  me,  0 


'Man  of 
'Man  of 
'Man  of 


-JJ-^tr  «  « — » — » — * — '-^z^^ 

'Neath  the  shade  where  ol  -  ives  grow. 
'Neath  the  trees  that  saw  Thy  woe. 
Where  Si  -  lo  - 





wa  -  ters  flow: 


Thinking  of  the  ' 
Let  me  meet  Thee, ' 
Stay  -with  me,  O  ' 


'Man  of 
'Man  of 
'Man  of 


Chorus,  a  ie^npo. 


%J      Sor  -  rows,"  Kneel-ing  here       so  long 

Sor  -  rows,"  Thou  who  knelt     here  long 

Sor  -  rows,"  Thou  who  prayed  here  long 

.8_      "  ■  


— Si 


Long 
Long 


Sor  -  rows." 
.  J  J 


Long  a 


go,    ah,  bring  to 

-p-     "^  ^ 


i 


Cres. 


Cres. 


ine,    South-wind  from  tl?e  qui  -  et 

me.  South-wind  from  the  qui    -  et 


Thoughts  of  Him 
Thoughts  of  Him 


on  bend  -  ed 
on    bend  -  ed 


«7    t  -j^- 

me,      South-wind  from 
^   P/.-^  Cres. 


the   qui  -   et  sea. 


Thoughts  of  Him  on    bend  -  ed 

.m-  -m-       -p-  ^ 


South-wind  from  the  qui  -   et  sea, 


Thoughts  of  Him  on    bend  -  ed 
ff 


knee,        Je  -  sus    in  Geth  -  sem 

knee,  Je  -  bus       in     Geth  -  sem 


men. 

Sing  the  A  tnen  only  after  last  stanza. 


eu3     in     Geth  -  sem  • 


160 


The  Choral  Union 


SHEW  THY  FAVOR. 
Andante  con  inofo. 


Alto  Solo, 


From  Webbr,  by  P. 


'  Ch^fr  Durciaiia.         L—  '      '*  I    ^  ^      ^  ^  ' 


— ^  1  

n-J  N-^- 

:^ — p— =1-- 

^                  •  —   ^-                    ^  -^-^ 

Miscellaneous. 


161 


SHEW  THY  FAVOR.  Continued. 

Solo — Aftdante  quasi  AUegreito. 


Look  with  favor  on  Thy  people,  have  compassion  on  them  look  with  favor,  have  compass  -  iou  on  Thy  p«o- 
2>o  -  na  nu-bis.  Do  -  na  pacem,    do-na  no  -  his    pa  -  cem,     do  -  na  no-bis,    do-na  pa  -    -  cem,    do-na  pa- 


Choir  StopD.  and  Dulciaua. 


P  TUTTI. 


'if —  -m-  S — 


pie.  Look  with  favor  on    Thy  peo  -  pie,    have  compassion  on  them,  have  corn-pass   -  ion     on....  them, 
cem.  Do  -  na  no-bis  pa  -  cem,    pa  -  cem,      do  -  na  no-bis  pa-cem,    do    -  na     no    ■  bis      pa     -  cem. 
P  TuTTi: 


m 


Look  with  favor  on    Thy  peo  -  pie,    have  compassion  on  them,  have  com-pasa  -  iou     on   them. 

Do-na  no-bis  pa  -  cem,  pa  -  cem,  df  -  na  no-bis  pa-cem,  do  -  na  no  -  bis  pa  -  cem. 
P  TUTTI. 


m 


Look. . .  with  fa  -  vor,  with  fa-vor  on  Thy  peo  -  pie,  have  com-passion,  com-passion  oa 
Do    -    .  na     no    -    -    bis,       do  -  na    no- bis  pa   •   cem,       do    -    -    -    -  na,  do-na    no  -  bis  pa- 


162 


The  Choral  Union 


SHEW  THY  FAVOR.  Continued. 

TUTTI.  ,  I 


them. 

ceJTi. 


Look  with  favor  on 
Bo  -  na  no  -  his  pa 
TUTTI. 


Thy 

cem. 


peo  - 
pa  - 


pie, 
cem, 


have  compassion  on 
do  -  na    no -his  pa 


Look  with  favor  on 
Do  -na  no  -  his  pa 
TUTTI. 


Thy 
cem, 


peo  - 
pa  - 


pie, 
cem, 


have  compassion  on  them, 
do  -  na    no -bis  pa    -  cem. 


look 
do 


Miscellaneous. 


16a 


SHEW  THY  FAVOR.— Concluded. 


have  com-pas  -  sioa  on  them, 
do  -    na  no  -  his      pa  -  cern, 


Thy 
bis, 


look  with  fa  -  vor,  have  com-pas  • 
do  -  na  no  -  bis,  do  -  na  pa  - 


ple, 
cem. 


sion  on  . 
cem,  pa 


-i^—z 


com  -  pas  -  sion  on 
bis      pa  -  cem,  pa 


them, 
cem, 


164 


The  Choeal  Uxiox 
o  lord,  how  excellent  is  thy  name. 

Alto  Solo. 


O  Lord,  our  Lord,  liow  excellent  Thy  name,bow  excellent  is  Thy  iiiuiie  in    all  the 


O  Lord,  our      Lord,         how  ex     -     cellent  Thy  name,       O  Lord  our 


1 — '  ^ — 1 

|— 1  PS  ->S 

1  1 

r  

We 

^  ^  ^  ^  ✓  1^ 

will  praise  Thy  name  ft 

U    r  r 

)r  evermore,  hov 

7  excellent  Thy  glorioi 

IS  name;  Wew 

ill  praise  Thy  name  for 

 =-1— 

0 

K   \ — 

Lord,  our 

X)rd,  h 

ow 

-p-^ — r-r-*^ 

H  ^  ^  ^- 

ex     -     cellent  Thy 

name,  0 

vord  our 

We  will  praise  Thy  name  for  evermore,  how  excellent  Thy  glorious  name;  We  wiU  praise  Thy  name  for  ' 


Lord,         How  ex  cellent  Thy  name, 
I  I  K 


evermore.  How  excellent  Tiy  name.  We'll  praise  and  magnify 


MlSCELLAJS-EOUS.  "[Q^ 
O  LORD,  HOW  EXCELLENT  IS  THY  NAME.— Concluded. 


=B3 — — =  Si  *=^^^= 

1        9mm  m^m   ~  m 

We  will  praise  Thy  name  for  evermore.               We  will  laud  and  magnify  Thy  name  for  ever-more 

+t4+-W  1  1  1  »  Ite  ,  rn 

P>-^zr-r-r-r-*=g-  r  r  r —  -^-TrTr^ 

 ^  ^  ^  ^  ^ 

We  will  praise  Thy  name 

for  evermore.               We  wUl  laud  and  magnify  Thy  name  for  ever-more. 

SoPBANO  Solo. 


For  -  ev  -  -  er. 
Soprano  &  Alto. 


We  will   mag  -  ni  -  fy 


 S  — 


We  will  praise  Thy  ho  -  ly  name  for  -  ev  -  er,    we  will  laud  and   mag  -  ni  -  fy  Thy 


Thy  name. 


A  -  men,  A  -  men,  A    -  men. 

1       IS     N     I       !        ]"«»     IS  \PP^ 


name  for     ev  -  er  -  more,     For    ev  -  er- more,  for    ev  -  er-more.  A  -  men,  and    A  -  men. 


GLORIA. 

Allegro  Maestoso. 


Faemeb. 


Glory  and  i 


Glory  and  maj  -es-ty,  Glory  to  God  who 


Glo-ry  be   to  the  God     of  Heav  -  en,  Glo-ry  be  to  the  God      of  Heav  -  en,  Glory  to  God  who 

H«  ,  -r-^m^-- 


\QQ  The  Choral  Union. 

GLORIA.— Continued. 


^^^^^^^^^^   

reignsonbigh  forever  and  for-ev  -   -  er,        Glory  and  honor  praise  and  power,  Glory  and  hooor, 


reigns  on  high  forever  and  for-eT  -   •  er,        Glory  and  honor  praise  and  power,  Glory  and  honor, 


I'  I  I 

praise  and  pow'r  to  God  who  reigns  on  high 


peace  on  earth  be  known, 


:*-r=r: 


praise  and  pow'r  to  God  who  reigns  on  high.and  peace  on  earth         be  known,  soli,  p  peace  on 


joy  and  peace  from 


Miscellaneous. 


167 


GLORIA.— Continue^. 


he«Ten,     to  mankind  are  gir  •  en,  to  mankind  are  gir_^-  en, 


i  "I 

Bless  ye  the  Lord,  our 


I       P"      ^"^11      i    I    I  I 
Lord  mosthigh,       0,  praise  the    name  of  the  Lord,  the    name  of  the  Lord,  Rejoice  before 


Lwd  most  high       0,  praise  the    name  of  the  Lord,  the    name  of  the  Lord,Rejoice  before 


-^-^-»-m-  J — |-J — J-^ 

Him, 


With  lute  and  harp      make  a  joyful  noise,        magni  -  fy    the     name  of  the 


Him, 


With  lute  and  harp      make  a  joyful  noise,        magni -fy    the     name  of  the 


168 

GLORIA.— Continued. 


The  Choral  Union. 


m 


Lord,. .  the  Lord  our  God. 


Lord,  the     Lord  our  God. 

4- 


Gracious  and  merciful. 


glory  we  thauk  thee,Lord  over  all  and  King  of  Heaven, 


God. 


the   r  p    -  ther  om  - 


-I  ti»-t»^-^— hi— ^ 


— y^-i^-- — •fc^^i — t,»-t^-i — k,-- «  1 — ^ 

glory  we  thank  thee.Lord  over  all  and  King  of  Heaven 

I  I   


God  the    Fa   -  therom 


Miscellaneous. 


169 


GLORIA.— Continued/' 


-|- J         'r|*~|*~^  |j»  |»  j  ^  ^  — ■ —  1     ^  1 —  j         ^—  ■ 

ni   -  po-t 

en t, God  the  Father  omnipotent. 

ni   -  po-t 

"?f=r^?^?^^^=-'^ — =  — ^^5^ 

ent.God  the  Father  omnipotent.                                           Glory  to  God  tlie 

1  »  » — ar-w 

J — L 


^^^^ 


gio-ry  evermore,  glo  -  ry      be     to     God  for 


W- 


Glory  for  er  -  er, 

fa  !     I  -'— ^- 


Lord  for  ev  •  er.  Glory  to  God  theLordfor  evermore,  glo  -  ry      be     to      God  for 


1 — r— 1 — t — n — ^VT    ,    I-  I    I  I 

Glory  and  honor, praise  and  worship,    Glory  and  honor  praise  and  power, to 


Glory  and  honor,prai8e  and  worship.    Glory  and  honor  praise  and  power,  to 


170  Choral  Union 

OLOHIA.— Concluded. 


I        t        i  '        I         I        i  ^1       sj  I 


I    '    '     '    I    '    '     ^'   ^    ^'  \ 

God  forevermore,  Blessing,  honor,  pow'r  and  glory    be     to      God    on  high. 


God  forevermore,  Blessing,  honor,  pow'r  and  glory    be     to      God    on  high. 


I    ,    ,    ^  'O  ^  ^ — p--^-— i — r-M  1  ^1 — ("— 1- 

Blessingandhonor,pow'r  and  glory  be     to      God    on  high,  be  to  God  on       high,be  to 


ingandhonor,pow'r  andglory  be     to      God    on   high,  be  to  God  on       high,be  to 


irl:^  III 


Miscellaneous. 


171 


THE   ROSE   OF  SHARON.* 

Inscribed  to  Mrs.  Palmbk.  Written  March  8th,  1878. 


Words  and  Music  by  H.  K.  Palkbb. 


1.  There's  a  Kose  that   is   blooming   for   you,  friend,  There's  a  Rose  that  is  blooming  for  me ; 

2.  Long  a  -  go    in    the   val    ley    so   fair,   friend,  Far   a  -  way  by  the  beauti  -  ful  sea, 

3.  All    in  vain  did  they  crush  this  fair  flow'r,  friend.  All   in    vain  did  they  shatter  the  tree. 


Its  per-f ume  is  per-vad  -  ing  the  world,  friend,  Its  per-fume  is  for  you  and  for  me. 
This  pure  Rose  in  its  beauty  first  bloom'd,  friend.  And  it  blooms  still  for  you  and  for  me. 
For  its  roots,  dee p-ly    bed-ded,  sprang  forth,  friend.  And  it  blooms  still  for  you  and  for  me. 


Rose   that  blooms  for  yon, 


Its    per  -  fume     is     for   you  and   for  me. 


*  Of  the  many  names  given  to  our  Savionr,  the  Eose  of  Sharon  is  the  most  beautiful.  This  little  hymn  was  written  on  the  shores 
of  the  Mediteranean,  amid  the  fragrance  of  ever-blooming  roses,  and  beneath  the  matcMess  beauty  of  Italian  skies.  Thoughts  of  the 
Holy  Land  on  the  farther  shore,  and  of  the  purity  and  loveHuess  of  the  life  of  our  Saviour  mingled  unconsciously  with  the  surround' 
ing  beanty,  and  took  form  in  this  little  poem  and  melody. 

Copyrighted  June,  1818,  by  H.  R.  PiLMEE. 


172 


The  Choeal  Uniok. 


SAY,  WATCHMAN,  WHAT   OF  THE  NIGHT? 

EIGHT-PART  CHORUS.  Sir  ABTHxm  S.  Stolita»^ 

Andante.  J  =  76.        accompanying  this  Solo,  play  in  unison  with  the  voice. 


Say,    watch  -  man,  what   of      the  night 


of    the    mom  -  ing  fall  ? 


Have  the    o  -  rient  skies     a    bor  -  der  of  light,  Like  the  fringe  of  a    fun  -  'ral 


pp  Piu  Allegro.  J  =  96. 


The 

night    is  fas 

svan  -  in^ 

0^ 

I  on 

high. 

And  s 

L  ^ — i 

oon    shall  tt 

e  c 

— r 

.ark  -  ne 

ss 

:s2  

flee  ; 

§^ 

^=^--: 

- 

U  t 

- 

1 

1 

J- 

The 

night    is  fas 

:^=^— =1 

t  -v 

_ 

van  -  in^ 

I  on 

And  s 

L       f-  V 

oon  shall  t 
id— j 

le 
!- 

dark  -  n( 

3SS 

flee; 

^  ^ — m 

3 

1 

I 


And      the    morn    shall     spread   o'er  the   blush  -  ing       sky.       And     bright  shall 


==^  1- 


:t:i==:t 


And      the    morn    shall     spread   o'er  the   blush  -  ing  sky.       And   bright  shall  its 


And  bright 

This  is  Intended  to  be  sung  in  FJ,  a  lialf  Btep  higher,  hut  is  printed  in  this  key  for  greater  convenience  in  n 


Miscellaneous. 

SAY,  WATCHMAN.  Continued. 


173 


nes         De,               And  bright.  And 
And      bright,   And 


bright  shall  its  glo  -  ties  be. 
bright 


A  ad  bright, 


i 


Alto — Andante. 


But,  watch-man,  what  of    the  night,       When    sor  -  row  and    pain    are  mine  ? 


:=l: 


But,  watch-man,  what  of    the  night,      When    sor  -  row  and    pain    are   mine  ? 

dim. 


And  the    pleas-ures  of  life.    So   sweet  and  bright,  No   long  -  er  a  -  round  me     shine  ? 


And  the  pleas-ures  of  life.  So  sweet  and  bright,  No  long  -  er  a  -  round  me  shine  ? 
pp  Piu  Allegro.  ^  ^ 


— -1- 


'That  night    of      sor  -  row  thy  soul. 


May  sure  -  ly  pre  -  pare   to    meet ; 


i         I  I 


'  That  night   of       sor  -  row  thy    soul  T     May  sure  -  ly  pre  -  pare    to  meet 


'That  night      of    eor  -  row  thy  soul. 


r 


174  The  Choral  Union. 

SAY,  WATCHMAN.  Continued. 


But       a  -  way    shall  the  clouds  of    thy    heav  -  i  -  ness   roll.    And  the      morn  -  ing  of 


But       a  -  way   shall  the  clouds   of    thy   heav  -  i-ness     roll,       And  the  morn  -  ing  of 


And  the     morn  -  ing  of 


joy  be 

$^ 

=3—"— ^-15= 

sweet,  The 

morn 

ing  of 

joy  be 

^=1 

sweet." 

^   .J. 

The 

morn  -  ing  of 

^^^^ 

joy  be 

:— j 

■€5- 

sweet." 

joy  be 

sweet.  The 

morn,  The 

mom  •  ing  of 

joy  be 

sweet." 

— 1   -*  c:^- 
^    r     r'  f 

Lj —  J  .  ^ 

The     morn      -      •      - '     -  ing. 


p  Andante.    Soprano  and  Alto  in  Unison.   -=rz      z==-  p 


But,  watchman, 

what  of  the  night,  when  the 

ar  -  row  of  death  is 

sped  ?    And  the 

.--g  r  g— p — p— 

Miscellaneous. 


175 


SAY,  WATCHMAN.  Concluded 

pp  Piu  allegro. 


That  night  is  near,  and  the  cheerless  tomb  Shall  keep  thy  bod  -  y  in  store.  Till  the  morn  of  e 


That  night  is  near,  and  the  cheer-less  tomb  Shall  keep  thy  bod  -  y  in  store,  THl  the  mom  of  • 


ter  -  ni  -  ty    rise    on  the  gloom,  And  night  shall  be    no   more  ;  Till . . .  the 

Till   the  morn    of  e  - 


morn     of    e-ter-ni-ty     rise  on  the  gloom,    And    night          shall      be  no  more. 

ter  -  ni  -  ty,  e  -  ter  -  ni  -  ty 


mom  of.,    e-ter-ni-ty     rise  on  the  gloom.   And  night   shall  be 


M  more. 


Aht   139 

Allea   93 

A  linden  tree  is  growing..  43 

America   54 

Arouse  up,  ye  sleepers   75 

Autumn  winds  are   31 

Away  o'er  the  Sea   19 

Billeter  137 

Blow,  bugle,  blow   39 

Bounding  billows  121,  141 

Bortniansky   37 

Bounding  so  merrily   35 

■;  Boating  song   76 

Bridgton  ,  72 

.Brightly  gleams  onr   386 

'By  cool  Siloam's   91 

Celebes    73 

Centreville  119 

Charming  Spring   23 

CheHterfleld   54 

Children  of  the  heavenly.,..  92 

Choir  and  Chorus   150 

Come  again  once  110 

Come  again  with   46 

Come  let  us  take   85 

Come.  Sinner,  come   125 

Come  Smilmg  Hope  „  43 

Come.  Thou  Almighty   53 

Come,  ye  faithful   11(5 

Communion   1<!8 

Consolation   63 

Cookingham    61 

Corsica   70 

Creston   116 

College  Song   77 

Daily  Prayer   122 

Danforth   72 

Days  and  moments   127 

Dayman   132 

Desire   Ill 

Don't  forget  the  old   104 

Edwards   137 

Emmans  115 

Eternity   144 

Evansl   100 

Family  treasure   119 

Fairriew   95 

Fattier,  we'll  rest  in   133 

Flowers,  flowers  beautiful.  35 

JFold  me  closer    36 

For  the  mercies  of   34 

Friend   63 

L..  SI. 

BiUiter   137 

Bortniansky   37 

Edwards   137 

Gratitude   96 

Monk   79 

Madison   134 

Norfolk   126 

Old  Hundred   58 

Orpha   135 

The  Strife  is  o'er   98 

Townsend  101 

"Winston   49 

C.  M. 

By  cool  Riloam's   91 

Chesterfield   54 

Communion   123 

I  am  not  worthy   127 

Lina   73 

Merton   115 

Munson   62 

Politz.  (Double)   55 

Supremely  blest   103 

Sweet  Day   107 

Sweet  Home   62 

Vox  Dilecti    132 

With  joy  we  hall   120 

S.  M. 

Centerville   119 

Swoet  is  Thy  Mercy   130 

The  Universal  King   83 

The  Lord  my  Shepherd....  103 

H.  n. 

St.  Catherine's   83 

7*. 

Ibt   139  1 


Garland   74 

Gently  evening  bendeth..60.  105 

Give  ye  to  Jehovah   123 

Gloria  165 

Glorious  things  of  Thee  are  42 

Gratitude   96 

Happy  farmer  boy   64 

Hail,  gladdening  Light   143 

Hail  to  the  Queen  of  night,  153 

Hark!  hark!  ray  soul   124 

Hark!  the  distant  pealing..  41 

Hark!  the  pealing.  ,   59 

Haste,  traveller,  haste   94 

Harbor  ..   103 

Heavenly  Father,  sovereign  91 

Home  of  freedom   98 

Hutchinson   133 

I  am  not  worthy   127 

I  heard  the  voice  of  Jesus.  132 
In  the  dark  and  cloudy.  .53,  111 

Invitation   83 

I  once  was  a  stranger   113 

Italian  Hymn   53 

Jack  and  Jill    152 

Jesus  wept.  ..    138 

Joy  fills  our  inmost   114 

Lang  107 

Leason .    84 

Liberty  I  covet   26 

Life's  Degree!   58 

Life's  rest   59 

Lina   73 

Listen  to  the  mufic   30 

List,  the  Song   96 

Lord  God  of  my  salvation.  134 
Lo !  the  day  of  rest  declineth  90 

Lusanne   81 

Madie   105 

Man's  life  is  like  a  river. . .  58 

Mary  84,  119 

May  shout   65 

Memories  of  Qethsemane  .  168 

Merrily  01   32 

Merton   115 

Minority   70 

Monk   79 

Mourner,  cease  thy  weeping  38 

Mundane   51 

Munson....   ,,  63 

My  Heavenly  Home   145 


Night!  lovely  Bight  131 

Norfolk   196 

METRIC 


Oh!  come  again  once   110 

Oh!  let  him  whose  sorrow.  34 
Oh'  this  soul  how  dark...  23 

Old  Hundred   58 

Old  John  Cross   130 

O  Lord,  how  excellent   164 

On  Jordan's  stormy  banks  140 

O  Rose  of  May  time   108 

Orpha   135 

O  sacred  Head  now   97 

Oh !  wipe  away  that  tear ...  40 

Oh!  Paradise...   135 

Paestum   23 

Paradise   135 

Parting  Hymn   142 

Politz   55 

Praise  to  God   79 

Purer  yet  and  purer  49,  102 

Queen  of  every  measure. . .  21 

Redeeming  love   95 

Richards    49 

Rosy  and  fair   40 

Rushford   93 

Saviour,  again  to  Thy.  ...  106 
Saviour,  blessed  Saviour. . .  99 
Saviour,  breathe  an  evening  92 

Saviour  comfort  me   Ill 

Saviour,  visit  Thy   51 

Say,  Watchman,  what  172 

Schaufl[ler    139 

See,  the  light  is  fading   50 

Serenade  68,  140 

Shall  I  let  Him  in?   123 

Show  thy  favor   160 

Sicily   120 

Sing  His  love  forever   57 

Singing  in  the  schoolroom.  56 

Sing  Sing   136 

Sing  of  Jesus,  sing  forever  57 

Soft  and  low    131 

Softly  fades  the  twilight  ray  38 

Some  folks   77 

Songs  of  praise  the  angels.  43 

Sorrento    23 

Sovereign  Ruler  of  the   90 

St.  iElred   136 

Stars  or  the  Summer  night  89 

St.  Catharine's   82 

Bturgis   69 

Summer's  going   52 

Summer's  here   78 

Supremely  blest  103 


Sweet  day  so  cool  

Sweet  Home  

Sweet  is  the  light.  

Sweet  is  Thy  mercy.  Lord. 
Sweet  Sabbath  of  the  year. 

Sweet  the  chiming  

Swell  the  anthem,  raise. . . 

The  Bells  of  life  

The  cricket  

The  happy  farmer  boy  

The  Hunters  

The  king  and  the  miller... 

The  linden  tree  

The  Lord  is  my  shepherd. . 
The  Lord's  Prayer  (chant).. 
The  Lord  my  Shepherd  is.. 

The  loHt  Landmark  

The  mellow  eve  is  gliding . 

The  moonlight  sail  

The  names  both  high  am.. 

The  night  is  mother  of  

The  pure  In  heart  

The  reaper  and  flowers  

The  Rose  of  Sharon  

The  sky  is  so  blue  

The  sleigh  ride  

The  strife  is  over  

The  Universal  King  

The  world  ia  hushed  

There  was  a  little  fairy  

Thou  who  art  so  holy  

Thou  wilt  keep  him  

Thy  way,  not  mine  

Townsend  

Tiithe  woodland  comeaway 

Twilight  

Vox  Dilecti  

We  love  the  place,  O  God. . 

When  gathering  clouds  

What  tho'  fau'  spring  

When  H's  salvation  

When  men  forget  . .  ... 
When  the  harvest  is  past. . 
When  the  shades  of  night 
Wheu  the  stormy  winds . . . 

Who  is  a  freeman?  

Winston  

Winter's  gone  

Whom  shall  we  let  in?....  ; 

With  joy  we  hail   ; 

Wrecks  of  the  past   : 

Younger  


Allen   93 

Corsica   70 

Children  of  the  Heavenly.  92 

Danforth   72 

Fail-view     95 

Heavenly  Father.Bovereign  91 

Lang   107 

Leason     84 

Madie   105 

Mary.   84,  119 

Praise  to  God   79 

Redeemiag  Love   95 

Sturgis   S9 

Sovereign  Ruler   90 

Sing  sing   136 

8«  &  Tit. 


Family  Treasure  119 

Friend.  (Double)   62 

Garland   74 

Harbor   103 

Lo  1  the  Day  of  Rest   90 

Mundane.  (Double)   51 

Rushford   93 

Savi  our,  breathe  an  evening  92 

Sicily   120 

bchauffler   139 

8g  &  Ga.  Peenliar. 
O,  Paradise   135 

Sa  &  5s.  (Double.) 
Sing  His  love  forever   57 

8s  &  4:3. 

The  strife  is  o'er   98 

7s  <Sc  Ga 
Come,  ye  faithful   116 


Lo' d  God  of  my  salvation.  ^34 
O  Sacred  Head,  no\r 

wounded   97 

Til  e  mellow  eve  is  gliding,  gl 
When  Uis  salvation  122 

S4  &  3s. 

St..ffilred   136 

88,  Ga  &  4s. 
Joy  fills  our  inmost  heart.  114 

7s  &  na. 

In  the  dark  and  cloudy   53 

Saviour,  comfort  me   Ill 

78  &  ia. 
Come,  sinner,  come   185 

7s  &  3a. 

The  pure  in  heart   125 

6». 

De=ire   Ill 

Thy  way,  not  mine.   89 

We  love  the  place,  O  God.  138 
6s  &  5». 

Brightly  gleams  our   126 

Bridgton   7  J 

Celebes   73 

Gently  evening  bendeth. ..  60 
Gently  evening  bendeth. . .  10.) 

Lusanne   81 

I'urer  yet  and  purer  102 

Richards     49 

Saviour,  blessed  Saviour. .  99 

Thou  who  art  so  holy   80 

Twilight   138 

6s  &  4:8. 

America   54 

Italian  Hymn   53 

Younger   74 


5a  &  4:a. 

Life's  rest    

3s  &  6s. 

Cookingham  


Invitation, 

lOi. 

Dayman  

Emmans  

Hutchinson  

Saviour,  again  to  Thy. 


Daily  prayer  , 

1  once  was  a  stranger., 

I'Js  &  lis. 
Give  ye  to  Jehovah  

CHants. 

Eternity 


Hail,  gladdening  light  

ILaste,  iriveller,  hasie  

My  heavi-nl.v  home  

1  he  reaper  and  flowers..^. 
The  Lord  is  my  shepherd.. 
The  Lord's  Prayer  


Anthems  anal  Sen- 
t«»ces,  etc. 

Father,  we'll  rest  in  Thy  . . 

(;l..rla  : 

Memories  of  Gethsemane.  : 
O  Loril,  how  excellent  .. 

Shew  thy  f  ivor  

Sa.v,  watchman,  whatofthe 

Tl>ou  wilt  keep  him  

The  Hose  of  bharoa  


:2- 


